C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R S O h B o L w E t M h a 9 6 t i c a l O l y m p i a d 9 1 a t i f a = = b 1 a = 1 = b 2 a = 2 a b 3 n d , p 3 , p 1 a p 2 r e n o t a l l z e r o , t h e n 3 n n a p n + a 1 p n + a 1 p a 2 3 1 2 3 = n b p n + b 1 p + b 1 o r P e R v e O r B y L p E o s i M t i v e i n t e g e r p b 2 3 1 f n 2 3 n 2 p p p D e t e r c P i n e w h i c h o f t h e t w o n u m b e r s + c p , 1 , c , c , c 1 i s g r e a t e r f o r a n y 1 R L m O e B t L E b c M e 3 t h e l e n g t h o f t h e h y p o t e n u s e o f a r i g h t a n g l e t r i a n g l e w h o s e o t h e r t w o s i d e s p h a v P R L l O e P t e h a e t h i c o a a n d . b P r o v e t h a t + a b 2 . c W h e n d o e s t h e e q u a l i t y h o l d ? 4 b d n s M C n , t E B p g L A r n B t e e e u a l m n a a e r t s t q u P e i l t , D r a w h e r P e r a l , E e t r i P i P a n g a F s c l h r o s P e , e a n d e n r a b P w n e t a o n t a h e r b t i h t r r e a r e y s p i d o e i s n t o f w i t h t h e i t n t r i h a e n t g l r e i a . n g S l h e o . w , + D d P + E P 1 F p = A + B B + C C A 2 P R L a O e B t n L A g l E B e M 5 b C c C 3 u e a t A t r i i B a n n g l e . D w P i r t o h v s e i t h d e a s t o t f h l e e l n e g n t g t h s , a h o f a b C n d i D . c L e t t h e b i s e c t o r o f t h e s C 2 a c b o s 2 + a P R F i n n P O B d L t h , n R E O 6 e 1 B M s L E b u m o , n 2 M f 1 2 1 ! + 2 2 ! + 3 3 ! + + , n 1 h o w t h a 1 ! + n 7 2 S , n 1 t t h e r e a r e n o i n t e g e r s a , b , c f o r 1 w h i c h a 2 + b , 8 c = 6 n ! , w h e r e n ! = P A G P E R L O e 1 B t L E b f M e a f u n c f n i s d e 2 f n i s a n 3 f 2 4 f m n 5 f m r o P v R e O h B o t i o n n e i n w d t f f t t = f M h 6 9 i f e o g t h t r e e r h v e e r f o y l p l o o w s i i t i n g v p e i r n o t p e e g r e t r i e s : ; n ; ; E t 2 a L w = h 9 8 1 P S 2 m n n f w = n h e n f e o r v e a r l l a m m n d ; n n n 9 a t f o r a n y q u a d r i l a t e r a l i n s c r i b e d i n a c i r c l e o f r a d i u s 1 , t h e l e n g t h o f t h e p s h o P R L t a e a e s r s e o a e o f s h i s o t s h o t r l e t h h e a n t i a s t i n s c 2 t e r a o a n r = g e o s e q e u n , t a a l t 1 f e o 2 r p n e e v t e e f a t i h e t s i h r d s e r h a t e n a t g l o l d e e g u n r s n n a t n c o , R a i d C h i o n . t r p p B e t a r R o s s e P o s l d d r g c i e n P s P h a . a o a Q l s . t Q P e i h P h d o r R t e t A C l g e s s g n e e Q e n f d l a l e i e - e s l t h r g h h v d h g a n t t i h a e c r s , o P t s e e e e f e s h d s h w a i u t e A t s n o l 0 l e s e a t a f i 1 u o t r a e b q p P e r d C e y i M B m h a s E e h o t L s e r s A o h f e B t h t t O e w l r r r P e d Q - e e 9 B R C C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R F t O i B n L d o E a t h l M l e u r 9 7 t i c a l O l y m p i a d 0 1 n p a m o b d u e c r t t o r i f t p l h e s e o x t ; h y e ; r z t w s o u , c t h h t e h r a e t s w u l h t i e n s a 2 n y o n e o f t h e s e n u m b e r s i s a d d e d . D P R G O i B v e L E n M a A 2 t r i a n g l e A B w C i t h a n g l e o A b t u s e a n k d b w i t h a l t i t u d e s o f l e n g t h a h n d a k s s h o w n i n t h e h d i a g r a m , p r o v e t h a t + a h + b . k F i n d u n d e r E w h P a t R O A a e c o c t o l P a o R O a s B F b i P R A t q h u e s + a = h + b C k s i i s g E g a h t i c v e h . n b P . a r E l o v l a w e c e t h i h b g a a h l s t t l e h i i e i l p g h t g t r s c h e e o l r a o u 1 r e G t i h e a i i c i v e 6 t i t s t h t h e r s h i h e h a i s r i l , a R C o t o f n h s e b t h e s t h n t 1 e s e s e r 5 i o w f o 5 s o n 3 = g 2 = i 1 a , b e n s o a c r e a e d d l l o o s r r h b 2 a l p v i u o n e u g , n d a d i n s d , e t a r h n e n e r d t t w e i h e e i s r g a t e h i t l s e a a s a s t n t l o e d a d n s i e o t o e f n r e e n t t n f h t t i h e e h t o g e e i r i r o n g s r i i i u g i t n c n n o s l - i i a l a d l h i t a l i i n h g t t 6 g t e t e a n i e d g r e e r s u c h t h a t t h e i n t e g e r f o r m e d b y . l e t i o n o f t h e r s t d i g i t p r o d u c e s a . n n e v d e r o d t e f x t o h n e e s i d a e c h s s o f d t e h o e f q 2 + a i a u s a q d r 2 + b u i a l r a t e e o r f a s l s i a d e t i - s l f e n y g t t h h e 1 i . n S e q h u o a w l t i t i e h a t s 2 + c d 4 - t c o s f l r l i o n e a m r p o a A i n n d t s , A t B , B o t h , C e c i r c c l o n e s a r t r u e c p t a a r a c l l e l i r c l e w i t h c e n t r e s C u c h . m e a i n n t e y g e r v s e i w h n t o e s g e e s r u s , n m i o s t n d i e v i c s e i s b l s a r e b i l y y d 3 i s t i n c t , o n e c a n a l w a y s c h o o s e . 8 a l n e M d o g f h r n e n t E e e r n 7 a f d r e a M h L i r E o B d u 6 t L e O o h t e M e w r P h B o E t t O h L n t R S B v a P t O e o 2 2 R r p 5 l t s h a w M i o t t l r n n w E d l 2 P B a 4 t u L e n . a o a l e e s B l r d l e O o M n h r l u E e S i . L d a o w r t 3 b l h u i M f o c d E o c e n L h f o B s e c l p n l o e i i n n s e s t e o g m e g m n t e n e h e t s n l t i n s o e f y l = e n g 2 t x h . 4 F w i n i t h d o t h . 1 n e e e e q u n a d t - i p o o n i o n t f o t n h t e l h o e c l u i s n e o = y f t h a x e m i n d d p t o i h n e t s P A G P E R L 2 O e 1 B t L f E M b e t h e s u m o f t h e 0 a b G i P r s P R G B v e e o a v f e O i v o t r h m a u t l f a f o r + s t r 1 ; f s t 1 ; t n 2 ; e 2 ; r m 3 ; s 3 ; o 4 ; i t f , s L E n t M h 1 h i e g n e e p o l y n o m i a h o w t r t e 5 ; s e 5 ; ; q u 6 e 6 ; n ; c : e : : : t , = s w t h e r e a s n d a t r e p o s i t i v e i n t e g e r s a n d l x = n + x e s g r a , a l c , b o e a c c n i d e n t s d s u a a c ; h , 1 n + x a a h ; h a t t h e r e i s n o i n t e g e a r 2 + + a : : : ; , a a n d g i v e n a l s o t , h a t = k f s u c b h = t h f a t c f = k f = d 8 . = + x n n a , x 2 2 t f s h 0 1 t t 4 ; 1 n f n n i 0 t f w 7 9 n 9 5 ; a 1 t n t h e r e e x i s t f o u r d i s t i n c t C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R O B L E M a 9 7 t i c a l O l y m p i a d 1 1 B D E i B s a c h o r d o f a c i r c l e s u c h t h a t D = E 3 a n C E d D E B O E = 5 a n . L d e e x t t b O e n d e O t h e t E c o e c n u t r t e t o h f e c i t h r c e c l i e r a c l t e . J . C o i S n e e O d i c a i g r P c l R L r a e B t . G i v e n E = C 1 , n d t h e r a d i u s o f L E a x M n d b y e p o s i t i v e r e a l n u m b e r s s u c h t h a e 1 B L E M + x = y 1 . S h o w t h a t 1 + 1 + 9 x O t 1 R h 2 P t . O e m y 3 6 A t B C h a P t R i D A O s a C B q L E u B a d r i l a t e r a l w i t h A = D B I C 6 f A D i C s g r e a t e r t h a n B C D d x , e h t a e v P M i a O e m e R L r B e l L a e l a E s l r t e o M a n l n e u r m o b o t e i v e r s n s a c o m u c m h t o n h a t t h e t w o p o l y n o m i a l s 2 + x a + x 1 a n + + x a . 5 t n p x = a n + x a h e r e t h e c o e c i e n t s a a r e i 1 , + x 0 w o 4 n t r D 2 D p + a n t e g e r s n . I f p 0 a n d p + x 1 1 a ; 1 , n a r e b o t h o d d , s h o w t h a t p x i h a s P n R o O i B n L t E e g r a M l r o o t s . 6 2 S h o P R L d = i f t n O r e L e n t t h a l r i e d f n p . n l i n t e g e r s , n + n 2 + n 1 2 i s n o t a m u l t i p l e o f 1 2 1 . o t i r e g g i m e t e r n d f u r m o b e m r b n w h y o d s e l e e t i r n s t g d i t s i g i m i t i d s d n l o e d n i - g z i e t r o . D a e t n e d r l m i e n t b m e a l l e t s n h u e c f h o t u h r a t . 8 r n l e r M a a v e n o p o b E g e a a u f 7 m L g , M e s B t E u i A a b m R p h n g P B t i t O e n o w e n P t t e a g r o a p g e n o n n d i i c s u i l a n s r s c r a i r b e e d d i r o n a p p c e d i r c f l r e o m . 1 o f P r a t d o i u t s h r e i P s i d e s , s a o r n t y h p e o s i i d n t e i s p n s r i o d e d t u c h e e d , P A G a P R T F l v B p r p e k e s t a i n e m w r a n s h e s s c h o u m n s o t a f n t t i h e n l t e e n r g m t h s s o o f f t t h h e e r s a e d p i u e s r p e n d i c u l a r s i s c o n s t a n t 7 1 . r u l t p n E i l s m a h e l i p o p s e o p g h o i t n o s t f s t a h o h n n e d t p h o l a k e e s s u a r r r e f e s a i c e t u e q a t w u h a l e i d c 2 h u a a r n e s i t s o a s i t p u a a r t t e o n d t a h l a t e t v e h l e s a u n r g f l a e c e s . o f . 0 h r f e . w i o f t t a m i o t h , i e t f e p t h 1 t s n l M n i e o e e t o s e o w p E s d A b o s t 9 9 n L a M e o h s g h i t e E a t e r L t a v p O u a x d R S E o B n e P r o i 1 P O w e 2 b i E e e o . v r p t e e e y B f l o t e l p i l l a m h k e s e c p A n e n e e o d n e o r t w s o h d e n i f x c A n o a g r p . e t e y h W v l o h r y o n a o n e t n e s i e p p s t i e t o e r h k c s e n e o m o o f n n B i w i , n e f i v r m A m e o t u r y a e m t t l l n h i n i s n , a B u g o m ? e b e P n v r o o a e r r d v y f e l t p y l h i h o o u p n n e g n r i t e a c h c n s e a w s a t l l e s r C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R O G i r B v a e d P L t i o O e E n i R L h e t L r a o ; d d e i c i M s t r i c l c ; t n c e : : : ; t s u w n h b a 2 u o f p a i r s e a = a v e t h t c c h n i a o n a a l O l y m M = P R O a a t t b R D h i i o P r o c t h h i i t i i t P R i E r c r - s i l e n e s t e , a g e n a j + a 2 e e t h e t h a g c e h n o t f t w o h a l i c l h t i h r s t e a e n c i g r e c l n e t s t l a t i i , v . e e r . + e a l u a r + n u a m b e e o f a t l e a s + a 2 n t o e t o n 0 1 n g A t t s h 2 0 t 0 1 0 u o a n c 1 i s c o 1 i s c o t f i a d a C M r s B B E 1 m p m o p s o s l C n d o n l o f o u a D D a r r d A f q s e i p o u d e a n n e o r s . D e t + a 3 f r P v R L t o e O e B t h a O t t n d L e o t h e r t w o , n d t h e . n e t M o b e t h e s u m o f a l l + a 4 h e n u e b b b E + + a a n m b e r s a ; , n a ; : : : ; d a 2 o 1 e n s n o t e x c e e d n t e i n a i t e i n a n y n b y a b s a e s g e r e a t e r t h a n 2 . . l i i l a t e r a l A B C g D i v e n : ; a t r l n e l t ; e r s e c t . e q u a t i o n 3 + x 1 3 1 = h y a s n o s o l u t i o n i n p o s i t i v e i n t e g e r s a x n d y 6 + B h M m h 5 a E a t R h L a a P t i d s r o a 3 P t , a 3 q t a c t L o 4 a a B a M e d 3 e h O v b a M v L r 1 E r B s L P O e , n B P n i 2 1 2 p j + a 1 o c n s M r i i i P 7 i 2 a 1 p e h E 9 t 1 r f B t M a e d n i s M t 0 i , n c b t r e a + m l a n u n m b e r s . P r o v e t h a t t h e r e e x i s t i n t e g e r s a m n d s n u c h 0 7 2 a P r 1 o 9 v 7 e t 9 9 h 4 a 9 t 4 t 9 h 4 e v 9 a l u e s o f f x o r w h i c h = x + x 1 1 = 9 8 l i e b e t w e e n 1 1 = 9 8 a n d p b U s e t h e r e s u l t o f a t o p r o v e t h a t 2 1 4 1 4 2 1 3 5 6 . p c P I R D O u v r n i B r a a s i i L n o t E w u e t c p e o o h a t 2 1 4 1 4 2 1 3 5 6 ? 8 a s t r M g u y t l p r i a t t a i r t c i a i n e l e l p s e a h c r a t v t i i e e o n s c a t a p l m p 0 e a s t a o i . g n , W n e p i r d p h o l e i s m e e i v s r e e e r i n t a l n k p c i a o n r m d t s i m e o s o f m n p a ; n r o y m i m o t a w s e k o h e s a m e s e t o f p r o m i s e s . P r o v e t h a t t h e r 1 e a r e n o m o r e t h a n 2 a t p a p t s e , h r r e m e t s i e a a s m h d e e a p v e a r t i e s . y o e 1 p b r t m x h i a c e s t e l , y P A G P E R F 2 O o B u 1 L r E d i M s t a i n c t l i n e s , L , L r a e P r l l R e a e l B h a t n n O W r p t a i d d o L t a L u r 0 l a h a 0 d 1 t e 2 n d . L m e n i s a r c F i n r e g i v e n i n t h e p l a n e : a L 4 d t n d a L 1 h e l o c u s o f a p o i n t m o v i n r e r e s p e c t i v e l y 2 t a n c e s f r o m t h e f o u r l i n e s i s c o n s t a n t g s o t h a t t h e s u m o f i t s . 0 e t i a L 3 4 r M s g 0 c E i o 1 i , L 2 3 p 7 9 1 p 9 t l u x h s i a i m u n v 1 e ? m n w h u o m s e b e e n r t o r f i e t s e a r m l l s c i o m n a e g f r e o o m m e t t h r e i c s p e r t o o g f r e i n s s t i e o g n e w r s i b t h e c t w o e m e m n o 1 n 0 0 C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R O B L E M a 9 7 t i c a l O l y m p i a d 3 1 1 i S o l v e t h e s i m u l t a n e o u s i n e q u a l i t i e s , x a 4 i i i n e q W u h a a l i t i t y e s t q h u e i g v r a l e e a n t t e s t t o i t n t h e e g t e w r o w g h i i c v e n h s s a t i i m s u e n d x 0 i ; . e . , n d a s i n g l e x l t a s n b e o o t u h s i i n e n e q q u u a a l i l t i i t e i e s s 4 . + x 1 3 0 a n d 2 + x i i i i v G i E v r u l i t t r e s i a t s p h 1 a p W x e x m 3 v 1 l o o n t a 0 0 f t ? o 0 e u 6 i 0 1 h l n u 0 0 m a b s e r a b p r e o t d w e u c e n t 1 o 1 f t 2 = w 4 a o i n n d t e 6 g e 1 = r 3 s n e i t h e r o f w h i c h i s a n i n t e g r a l . e u s e o f l o g a r i t h m t a b l e s e v a l u a t 1 e 1 + l o g 3 6 l o g 3 2 P R F j O i n a d R P v l e 2 t h f L t e r a E e a l 0 M h + R M i B p P l a o f E a O r o L = j P B 6 3 n ; u j m a b e = j r s , w h i a i f c h a s a t 0 i s f y t h e e q u a t i o n j + x 3 j , j x 1 , = j + x 1 . N o t e : 3 a t i f a p n d + p 2 a r e b o t h p r i m e i n t e g e r s g r e a t e r t h a n 3 , t h e n 6 i s a f a c t o r 1 O B L E M 4 P 8 P 0 T t h i e c e s g u . r e T s h h o e s w i s x a d i a c g o n o v n a e l x s p w o h l i c y g o h n h w a v i e t h b n e i e n e n v d r e a r - w n P P 1 d i s s P e c t P t e , P 0 h 1 p P o l P 3 y g o i , P 0 n 3 n P t o P 6 t e s , P 0 h 6 e P v e P 7 n t i , P 0 r 7 a n P g l P 8 e s , P 1 7 : 2 3 P 6 P P , P 3 4 P P 6 . P 4 5 I n h o w m a n y w a y s c a n t h e s e 6 P 2 t r i a n g l e s b e l a b e l l e d w i t h t h e n a m e s , 4 , 4 1 , 4 2 3 P , 4 , 4 , 4 s 4 o t h a t i P s a v e r t e x o f t r i a n g l e 5 4 5 6 7 i P 3 f 4 o r = i 1 2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 ; 6 ; 7 ; ? J u s t i f y y o u r a n s w e r . P i 4 P F R O o B r L e v e E r M 5 y p o s i t i v e i n t e g e r , n l e t 1 h n = 1 1 + 1 + + 2 3 n 1 F o r e x a m p l e , h 1 = 1 , h 2 = 1 1 + , h 3 = 1 + h 1 + h 2 + 1 + + 2 n + . 2 h 3 + 1 + h P r o v e t h a t f 3 n , 1 = n h n o r n = 2 ; 3 ; 4 ; : : : P A G P R I 2 O f B i r a i c n l , t R O b s e L r v a d o i u g E r f e X h x e i Y a A M e n d s t a r h t o a e v t a e g t h h a e a 7 3 v i a r a n i n t a s o b d l t n e a d h i e g a l i m i v e n e e t t e n c r h r , i o r n u c l d g e n t h h o e l a B t n o c c o l u d l s i n o e a f r w P i t h t h e c i n e t n e t r s r e e o O c t i o n f o f t h t h e e Y 7 t 1 1 n e t f r o l l a a s y i u n e g g e e s t r e d g b r t a t h e e r e e h a x n a m p t h l e 1 e r s , e 1 ; 4 1 1 + 3 s t 1 = 6 y e 1 ; 3 n 1 + 2 g t 1 = 2 w n 1 ; 2 a r 1 + 1 t o X = P p a d 1 S 9 6 B n r B M d a h O E n e e P 1 L A c l E a e 2 n x i + 4 d s p t 1 = p r 5 o o s v i e t i i v t 2 0 . e i n t e g e r s a i t 1 1 1 = n 1 + i i + 1 1 + i + 1 i + 2 + i + 2 i + 3 + j j + 1 n d j s u c h C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P A P R R T O B L E M I f = x 1 i S h o w 2 n a R L s O e i h a t d + B L A t f o r n d = y 1 + + l l p o s i t i v e i n t P R R b D i L e T O B l y m + + t e a h r B e c t a = P n P g l 1 , e e s h o w t h a t g e r s 1 , n i t Q h B , C a d y = y n + = C t h e x 1 , + 1 n 2 = n 1 , + 1 1 + 2 + 3 A . B S h 6 B w t h a t i f , P a Q r e t h e p o i 6 + C o D P = C D Q C : B L E M 3 t n 2 e a p o l y x = + a n o m i a l w i t h c o e c i 0 a e n t t b ; b ; 0 : : : ; b b 1 2 e t h e c o e s s a t c i a + x + a x n 2 i a + x 1 s f a y i n g ; i e t h e = i c 1 o 2 ; n ; d : : i : t i ; o n n s : : 0 e n t s o f t h e p o l y n o m i a l n , 2 n 2 f x = + a a + x 0 a + x 1 + a + b b r o v e t h a + x 0 b n + x 1 2 x n 2 2 = P + b + 1 + n 2 + x n 2 + b x 1 n 2 t , 1 2 b n + f 1 1 2 P L R e O t B n L b E e + n 0 L i , n 2 w = Q f b p 4 x , n 2 D A O 1 6 P l n 2 w C a 4 , M C B , 3 E B e a n 2 2 , P t 2 1 c 1 + n i 7 i 1 n 9 t A 1 i a M 4 a x e d p o s i t i v e i n t e 0 g e r . T o x a 1 n y c ; h = i i 1 o i 1 c e ; o 2 ; f : r n : : ; e n a ; l n u m b e r s s a t i s f y i n g n t s o n P A t h G E e r 2 e 1 c o r r e s p o n d s t h e s u 9 7 4 m X j , x j x i 1 i j j n = j , x + j x 1 j , x 2 + j , x + j , + j j + j e t S n d e n o t e t h e l , r + j , x , j , x + j , x + j , j , , , j j , x 1 j x n 1 , x 1 j x n 2 j x n 3 x n , , x 1 + j n + j x 1 n x + j x 1 n j n + 2 x 2 j x n 2 j x n 1 g + j x 4 4 , , , a x x n L , x + j x 3 n + j 4 , x 1 2 x 3 + + 3 x j 3 j x 2 + j x 1 e s t p o s s i b l e v a l u e o f t h e s u m . F i n d S n Y P R O G i o B v e n L E n t M a h 5 c e c i i r r c c l l e e w d i i t e h r d e n i a t m f r e o t e m r A a B a A n d n d , B a l e p t o i , t n t X a t a n d b ta b t e t h e t a n g e n t s t o t h e c i r c l e a t , A a B n d tb X x r e s m p e e e c t t i s v e l y a t . L n e d t b Z t Y h e e t p o h i e n p t o w i h n e t r w e h l i e n r e e l B i n e A m X X e e t Z s b X . t S h o w t h a t t h e t h r e e l i n e s Y , Z a t a n d A a B r e x tx e i t p h o e i r n c t o n o c r u p r a r r e a n l t l e l i . e , . a l l p a s s t h r o u g h t h e s a m e . A P R A O B n p u o u s n i R a B l l r e d n l a s n b E s t a a L u i c n u o o p b a m p t e l t o m o n y e m u M o B 6 m i e b M e a O A i g t l E l a t h P n t a w L u n s l f a t a i g - c e , r 8 d . e e u e t t t h a e , . r n p h a n x a d c e a n 1 t l m r - , o a n 5 y u e c e n a e . t t t n g t , i t a 7 s a s , . a n m c y a n l e s t s , n b p e o ? i , f J s a 2 p u v 9 o s s t a c i t f i e l a n a g y b t l s . w o u S W e y e . h r o h i a c m a h n i s e t w e a i s t u r . m s o h n u n e a l t t t a s r a i o g n e a f s b t l e 7 u t e c o n s i s t s o f a c i r c u l a r r o a d o f c i r c u m - P f e r e m i o n l h n u t h r o t e u r s u t c a i r d r m i u s l e u l h s o n k t 0 i r m t s i n u n e r r e t B a f t u e u r i r r n u a l s N . 1 n h v u t t a i s t e s r y f r o i u a n i i Q h t s x - d g g a r m o n Q b e r s 1 d t h h n e a c t i e e a , o e h e g r h c t r n e i n g , o s t o n 2 s g , o . n e p m i d l e i 0 v f h t 2 a a o t I s e o o . o s N B e l d t r t a s n s o m o h u u a q g r n r p i t i e u a h g r t g m a , . s i 1 d s i r h s n u t c a e d . e a i i o h e m e h r t e N g w e s w s t a f u s m d o B a o a h d r o o c e 1 r l n f . a c t p a s c i s s r a r l e n a e t l u l , e o n c v c t r r d a i h e n r m c i s o , e i c b e 0 h e o h 1 w t w t e e n t c t h e m i - Terminus l a r a a t r r o n u o p i o n g e t o c a e d d m l t n d A a o u n k h t a p i o l i u o t t i i s f B g i p a s e s s s . e t 1 u u n g e a n t r r o e s r c n l t o o i u n c k u t w o e i u e x s s c e l y e p t f o r a n e g l i g i b l e a m o u n t o f t i m e . h d e c h w P n n t n n o r o s i c s t o o d e n a p N e u o e t u c b p r a o h y a t r t n h i p o a c a o t B t w e a . a d t h e t d s r t c a n n t r w a l e e c p p t c e o u n x h i t c r h a i v e s m x l t o i t l h e s e 0 t e r x m i 1 n u s 2 o n f r o o n m e t o h f e t t h e e r m b i u n s u e s s . C A N A s a p s t u i F o S k D u t l F A m e t r e a t h c h t r v t a i r i e o h o f o l C s n t A e L s , t t d t O o h a L b e k e r Y M o a e i P r s I d A t a D h P a m t a x b i u m s u w h m i t c i h m w i e l l w w = i l w l t h . x e t f i o m r e 0 w x x b e 1 t 2 h e l o n g e s t b x . x y I o u 4 f T e c w o A m e h c o d u M e m m p E h n l a H t a T t s t ; v g a e l A h l e 2 a M g a w w N n e d r A i h s n I ? r i t n g h h a t i m h t i s o j h o u i r s d n e e y s t A i w G n E a a t i t 3 i i o n n g C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R S O i B m L p l i E f M a 9 7 t i c a l O l y m p y 1 A B s e L q E u M e 2 1 O d 1 1 R a 5 P i 3 4 + 9 2 + 4 2 6 8 + 1 8 + + + 2 n 3 n 4 n 9 n 3 = n n 2 n c e o f n u m b e r s a ; a ; 1 a ; 2 : : s : a t i s e s 3 1 i = a , 1 2 2 i i + a + a 1 D e t e r + = a 2 m i n e n a n t h e v a l u e 1 n n o f a 1 n n P R F O o B r 6 L e a E c = M h 6 3 r , e a l n = u 3 m , b e 1 , o r P w R F O o n t R B , Q t e P a R i 1 5 f o t h i i o c R e O A f B u r n c t i r h a f s e r i o t u n u d , t r . c e a s o , C a u l t l c e y o I h c n c i t n e d a m d o n C s i s a t n t s h , D e t s e t c a 3 l h e . p e c e h t 2 a n u c D t a r e t i r . A l y p e g s r d e l e o a n r g t h e s t e i n x t ; e g y e - r p l l a e s n s t e t h h a n e o s e r t e o q f u a l a l l t p o o i , r n t e s . g x , . ; y 7 r u t , 3 . m i F b i e n r s r d i t e f a s e p e l r r o f f e s o i r d t t i v m o a e n a s u g t m e h b o m e e e i r t s r i n t u e c c g r h p t r o a l h g p a r a t e s i s i r t t s o o d n f e t c i h e m a l . i c v e u P " p m r f o v o e r e t i e n t n h s c a o e t n w P t h i c i R h e c h a s p i r e r c u e r r p e m e f s n p d e r e i e c c n t u l i a c v e e r o l t f y a t o c h Q i e r c m l i e d a p n o d i n , P t s o f S u o o t l a e u c s t t a t e s t e d f h d a a a s r i o l t t n o t u n o o a a n o h d o n t c t i e a i t l i c c e s a u t s e r i s l h t e t t a i t r s n t e b c g w a i o a l r s t f t o d n o e h h n u n e c e w t o g h i r u l r e s i c h a e t f c a t e t s r e r s a r n t e a e h t s a e e y . i m h P m r u l a o t c v v a a e t e d s e n r a h o s t a u t s l y . p t l n e m a a h u b a e u T t n x s q . t a s y e i e l n s c n t r d e l e e o d a f n a n d f a o r r w r a n h g i c e m h e n n t o i r o n t w a t i h o i c n h c j o r u r s e t c o t l n y e p o l f a c t e h e s 1 m o 5 r g e u t h e s a t s n i o n s e . M o e t p e o n b c o E r s g a e s L r a r n 4 b s l B a e r 2 , = m a a p i , e v o p P r i u 7 r , a t r G e 6 n e c e 5 w 2 a r 1 o y n g B h r d e M c = d 5 A E e . t a s L v D S B i d n , c + M C r O E , R h i L t n s , B i a t r 4 s r i 2 x M o e , E p O , A h L b r P c a m a i B r u p h , r 5 2 f r 7 n f x i s p e r i o d i i c f t h e r e i s a p o s i t i v e n u m b e r s p u c h t h t h a t f + x p = f x 2 f p o r e a r i l o l d . x i c ? F P o r r o e v e x a y m o p u r l e a , s s s e i n r i x t i o n s p e r i o d i c w . 1 i t h p e r i o d 2 . I s e f u n c t i o n s i n x P A G P L E R e 2 O 1 B t L E b k M e 8 a p o s i t i v e i n t e g e r . F i n d a l l p o l y n o m i a l s n P x = + a a w h e r e t h e a a r e r e a l , w h i c h s a t i s f + x 0 + a 1 y t h e e q u a t i o n i , k P P x x n = f P x g ; 9 7 5 C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R G O i t B v e o S f n R p o r h L s w e E e h i e M g a h v t i s e i s n t g w e e i o g m h e t t u r s i i c r G e i v v e p n r g e r n y t p h o a s t i t i v e i = a 1 n t + n , e g e 1 r n = a 0 t o g h r e w p o t l e s o u d i R L O e d i a i e m p i a s l i o a n n a c n e d o a n l n y e t q w i u c a e l a r m b a , n 1 , a , n 2 , e p n n r o d s e c u s s t u d a a P R P i E t M e i o v a , a t R f t d n o i d a m e b Q n t , l e n 2 + + t n r i e h e e l i t s e o o v t l E c u a y s p i f M , B e h o w h o w , 1 5 0 5 1 a 3 c s i t o o a e u t e n t i g n p o w e c t a m i d h r t a t e c o n s r w a f e a l E t e p l . d h t a n u t h e s i t d g r o a n f v e d o f t h a a e e o i s t i i t s i v r t c i e p e n i o a r o n t e n t e b t r a r i f h y n u o i t t a i e c l a n t g a i h s a t w i i o t d e I r h n o ? e c p a t h a m n t e t s e o e t i m t h a f s n e r o i r m w o l u a e f h o n c t s t r n n o a s o d o s s t e t e s p a i h s f d o c a l e p e l a n e h p h a o t c t e g n a n n r e i e o h d t s , m e n i b r l c l e e p , b C o i n t e o a n n t y h e x c i e r d c p u o m i f e n t r b e n e c t e w e o e f n m i n e d b y a Q n d f C o r w h i c z n t s h c e o m c o f n e o l n a a c a u - r m s - o o d w e o r r a H t e h e s . s s t h n i y o n t h i n t t h , C a a A e c i r n d c l o B e . L n e t t h i s b P e C C h = . B C D e s c r i b e , w i t h P P t e a p g e o r w i e s a r o s f u t m w o o f a t l e a s t t w o c o n s e c u t i v . 6 a D r e f o u r p o i n t t A , B , C s i n s p a c e 6 A r s + a 2 r o 6 p , 5 a n L o M h o B A e E t d O h L e n e 4 e r n , B a P I O r f f c a 1 a e p e o e w e v c e s n e s d t o t a n d e n r e t e d e g d h v a d u g i r m t i e g t o n e e o s r b o o n d C p a a Q h l . A t d ? B m e r t f L A a w h s v d t g t B t y 1 e r n e e e s g a n u e f h e l 3 d t e q M a T d n P n . a u r o a s r t E d t s s g s e g L o s a n 1 T O n a B l 6 1 + O a 1 2 + 0 R e b = a a P c e n o 7 i 2 n f 9 t 1 u t B p M o d O u E n P L a , B D l i e i B n s u c h t h a 6 = C , a C p l a 6 = D n e t C D . 1 A = D A B = = 2 ; e p o s i t i v e i n t e g e r s P A G P E R L 2 O e B t 1 L E P M v e r y x ; y , x 7 6 7 b e a p o l y n o m i a l i n t w o v a r i a b l e s , x s y 2 e 9 y f o r e x a m p l e , t h e p o l y n o m i a l u c h t h a t P x ; y = P y ; x f o r 2 x 2 , x + y s y a t i s e s t h i s c o n d i t i o n . G i v e n 2 t h a P R E r O a e c o l n e n E o a e t b s c e u n 3 e o i s a f a c t o r o f P x ; y , s h o w t h a t x y , i s a f a c t o r o f P x ; y 8 h l t t i M f r y , L h o t x B d a c t n g 6 . l S e u r t h e e i p d m n e s p o s i a e s d r e e g e m e t h . P a l l n a r r t t o e s e v d j a e . o c i n h t i t h a n r t g i 9 a t n h d g e l r i s e e t i d a n e r c t e t e r f p o m o i u r i n n t e p s o d o n b i n y t a c 3 s o s u i f c r c t h l e h i e t h s 9 a c o p t l o t h i e o u n r t 6 e s d c s e o e n g i t m t h e a e i n r n s t s C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R O B L E M a 9 7 t i c a l O l y m p i a d 7 1 2 I i f f n t e x g e = r + x s a a , x n d p r o v e t h a t t h e e q u a t i o n 4 f a = f b h a s n o s o l u t i o n s i n p o p o s i t i v i t i v e b P P R O B L E M 2 A L e r i a t o r l t p l o a R n t P e O e o e l t r c n g n t f E n t e i h e r c e O o l a e c P f c d i r i c u i A i e c r m s r e f a l n e a t r m e f e a n n x r m e f u t m . O o m a A o c i d h x D e e e c i e o g r e r w M w h i h c o h s e r i N t r e c e p s t r h e s e e f n o t u a r t t i o n h p i o n l b x = a w e r o a e t h w e o p n P R r o i n i B i n n c n n t O e c h e f i b a n i s 7 n t 7 e 7 g . e F r i n d t h e s m a l l e s t s e . , , 1 + + a + x 1 a 1 0 x = b m + x b m a i n a x l d s w q q i x t h x i a h r a n t e e e s a g v l e e l r c n e b v e o + i o o e + b + x b 1 c n c 1 1 t n , e u , x m e n t t a c l i s . l e S o n f t u t s p h a p e n o s m e a d t t r h 0 h e a d e o t t i a v h i e s l i r l t b l h h e e a c b s y a o e 4 t l . e c S a i h s e o t n t w o s t n o h e f a o t d d . 5 i r t d o p M t o a n t x E h t e e y c L g l u p c O o d f A o o e p r e o o n u x n m c s s n + x m p i - d q c e t n o t m e a n t r n . n b i 4 p a d 3 i L e h M b B t n E r c f a n e e P e a g o s L s R L h h t t B i t n n t O e i i t N i o p h P b O c u h b l e a a c c k r i c r c t o n u o m P e o f e i r s f e b n d r a s c e a w e o n r f a t d i h s u s e e e 1 b d a i c s a m e g a a r n a d m 1 n s t d . h W l e a n s h h a t h o t r i t s e e i s t g h t h t p e 3 a m t c m h i f n i m i r o m u s g i v e a P m n d i s r t a . o u n i P n c d e s t f r a h o e m P t A G h E e 2 v e 1 r t e x t V o t h i s p a t h 9 7 7 ? V 3 c m P 1 P R L O e B t L 0 E M c m 6 u 1 a n d d e n e 1 = u 1 + u ; 1 = u 1 + u ; : : : ; = u n 2 + + u h o w t h a t u 1 f o r a l l v a l u e ; n 1 u n 1 S u 1 s o f = n 1 2 ; 3 ; ; : : : n P R O A r w o S d B c m h o e L t a e a n l n o 7 g l a s M n w e E i k u l v e s t n r s i t i a o c c i n t w l u o d t y i h e r e s k e s o e a u a n y x t c i a h t w h n c e d t l s a e r y t c y s b e b m c o r u t i o n t o l c e , r o n k o n t s l f t a w i n c o n h . c g S a e y e g h i o i v e w n t d y a n n t t r h a t h s s h e c a n t a k e t o w o r k s a t i s e s f m ; n d i t l o w p a m p b n , t o s h c k r h s k s e e w i m n i n m k b 2 9 = n ; | m b z l o c k s b l o c k s h e e n e t a u d e s r e n s f s d o u e r m r t e h t ; n i a g e h a a r s t o a t c h f m o e d r r i . n p e A e a r r t e . h n t C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R O B L E M a 9 7 t i c a l O l y m p i a d 8 1 2 L e t P b n R O e B a L E n i M n t e g e r . I f t h e t e n s d i g i t o f 2 i n s 7 , w h a t i s t h e u n i t s d i g i t o i n P d R D a O e l B t e l p L r a E m i r s M i , a o b f p o s i t i v e i n t e g e r s n e t h e l a r g e s t r e a l n u m b e r x n d P R T O h e P v c h e c I I e n k . T I I . A I I . I V . e t h e V . a b P v T I O L E a o C t n h g f e l r i a m e c i E a , d o n p H s z i t k e t c h t 4 t e a y l w o i s f y i n g t h e e q u a t i o n 2 3 = a 3 b h t h + y a = z + z t x 5 = z 3 n x t q s t u o h a f a d r B t i l a a D o t f t h e n r a d e l A A q u B , C a C d r i r l e a a D s t p e e r r c a t l e i e v A x e l B t y e n . C d F e i n d t d o t m h e e r e a t t i a t o o f D n i n i b t e g i h n a o 3 w s o y 3 c h e c s r d ? g E l x r a e p t n s e a a g i y i a t n k t g r a p h o f x r b o a e a r d , w i t h b l a c k c h e c k e r s a n d w h i t e t x y + y a a n w u h i n t o e c c c h u e p c i k e e d r s o q u r a o r t h = e p e c h a f h o k s t e g i 3 r b i e n r a s t , e o i o a n e f g n d h r e v d O d t e n p d u o i r y r e m t b n t t e s o w , e o r b o W I c e l 1 r l w h o i s r s t t o p f l S a y . . l a b N l o t . f a o a c f t k h c e h b e c o k a e r r d a . n d . n h o n r r o c h o 3 + e r e u s k v e h o n c l t i l a l c e o t b o e t c b f a h c e o l c e m o a t l e r i a e a v e e 6 e k : n s E b t g e , m s l a l g l n c l o n l m u i o n . a u n i y e f o f r n s n e s m l l s n a s e u e s p y i u t p a s e b t f d v o o i e M h c y + e o 3 S u + y v o G m a a l a e o r e c n p a r r s a n e r t w g a e s o a s a b y b l y t i , a a e l n w a l s e o l l a r s c i . e i u n t r p s l B p y h a 4 e B o y a r e o u t h t a t n r a b r c n e s D R e t l r t h e d t e p e a e n d h n e h r e e W t 5 y h r G h d u o d t T e n n f . t s a M s h n I o O r l D a d e a A E a 4 s a L a e H B e r M e t r O E d e a R E i L h L s . a y B e E t , x s 3 x a ? n 2 2 F f u i a m n n s c k o o c r n h d e e i p c k a o e g i r o n s t . n a f o l r C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R O G i B v e L n E : M i s a g e o 9 a ; b 0 ; i i , a , A , A m e t r i c p r o g r e s s i o n . i b s a I t B i c o n a t n P e R L i B t i e t h u , e e r c h t r d o M , b S h o w t l o i d e w e a v n e g r , e t o h m a e t h a a r f h a f e l a d a c e r n s o g n l i P R a , c , d e e t b e c R O A e L C a s e t t o l m p u e i o g r t n e a o u y e t e s i r n t n r a o i a d a r i t h m e t i c p r o g r e s s i o n ; i i i , a , G , G b 2 G G 2 1 2 r h y t e s h u a t t m o h f e t s h u e m d o i h e f d t r a h e l a a n n g g l e l e s s o o f f a a t t e t r r i a a h n e g d l r e o n i s i s e s i a s t t h r i a e n i g n t u e l r i a r o p r y a r n a g m l i e d b , e - g e r s s u c h t h a t 1 t h 1 a ; e a l e a s b t c b ; o c 1 m m d + c o c n 1 + b ; m u l t 1 5 1 6 i p l d ; e e o f P r o v e t h a t ; d . e a m n d n e . g . 4 6 ; = 1 2 . h d u n n e e n t n u n t a a t q e w g o - c h i a o e t n e t t l t h t e a r e l h m i f c t a b o a d s b r f n e a e o a h r t r t t p h e c u d s S h r e e . i w o e o l e a p d h a r n a r r u a t y r g w a a s y a l g o a r n b r t a b a t e n a g n v e r o o g e s a n o h e t i d t e i a e d s s t h n a e s t u n u d t o e h u e a i e a n r k t i a d s t q u i t t e a h h p l l e e i r a w a n t e b a h o i l . w j b l i t T h n i i j u c n h h i g s t t e a s h e s i t . 5 n s s i t d e n n b h o e t i M c e a p E n d d t w d s e a k r n f L o f n s B w a e a n o p 4 u i e h t r m r n M s t r t a P i e n e g b ; E m 3 m L o b c B d d r e O A r r y . e l t + h O 9 n A t t 1 w l . i i E v A a E , n o t d p L a n a a O e i r a n i P t . e n . s a 2 w t n E d w o n o T M n a c t O E k s o L s n N t O c 1 1 R i 2 A P 7 t 1 1 i a e f s . n t s o A o 1 t f w e , t f a a l h s k e 2 e i n , q u s s u f m e e l n f b 3 c - a e , e v r f o o o f i f 4 s d i - n , t e n p s t a n s i g e o f i p d s s f l t e h e n l o n e f g v - e a w t v h 1 p o t h r i a d a i n n f n 4 1 a s e g 3 , 1 k e s w t n 2 t s n t a h l i r k n d o s u w g i r h h e t i c c h h t i o e b n s e s a g m i n o e n r p a t t h o i t h , n s t e o t o u t w r i i g h c , e i n . . C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P I R n 6 T O h f e m k a o i R A e d a l O l y m p i a d 0 i g i t n u m b e r i n b a s e 1 0 w h i c h i s d i v i s i b l e b y 7 2 , d e t e r m i n a e m a n l d i t 1 s r f e e e 5 o l a c o s m e n t w o r i o r c l t e r i t a e M b f n l l d E m r f f a a 0 t r s 0 1 t o f o p r r t r e a o m e r c i t t e n t e h p l i s g o m r d t o h T t i d s a I . r s . t d c r m h r e a o g a h c t r c T e o o n . h b t d c . o f e a i T d n n h s i e t h e c n e a c e c n r c h a a s l l a r o a d h o u a r s a m r e w n r a a n h r e r r g u e e a t m e e h e d r e n a r a n t r , n n d d g e a o t e r t h r c h d e t r n a a i a g c a m n e l o e r d k d e t d s o i n ? 3 l , L i o e i t r 5 M r s a p E f s m a B g u v n a s g u O e s i e s L n r h w B d P r p c t e u n o O m r c 2 b e e r R A a M m c i e P s E u a m a h 8 i 1 i L n t h M b 9 B e u E 9 t b R o L 7 d P t B a f a t O a n r g l m i e s n h e a w v h i i n c g h t i r i a a n g l x e e h d a a s n t g h l A e e l e a a s n t d p e r i i i m a e t n i e r n s c r i b e d c i l e o f x e d . 4 n g w s o t u p d o i e n n t t t s f o o s s r e e a s a c f h a t i a 1 i r c l o . i P r n a o n v d e s t h c a o r t e t s h o n e e p p r o o b i a n b t i f l i t o r y e o a f c t h h h e e s a t d u t d h e a n t t t s u c r o r n i s n g 1 n e x a c t l n y p o i n t s i s 2 + , 3 P R O A p B p x a e o r d l y L a f h E e l a M l e c d 5 l e p i F e r o 2 n p e , h d h a a s h v a s e t h t i s t h h e e p s r o p a r m p e o p e r e p t y r e t r i y m t e h t a e t r a a l l c F s . 1 r . o s D s s e t e e c r t m i o n i n s e w w h h i e c t h h a e r r e o p r a n r o a t l l a e l n t y o a o t n h y e r C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R F O o t B r L a o n M y . t E r F o a s P R G e a r e e l n x P R G a u m m a r s b i o b p r e , A P R l i i l B L i e e r : t o i , t 8 n d x o f F r r a l O l y m p i a d 1 e n = o 8 + t , 2 x e b y = + t 3 4 t a x h n e g d + 8 r e , x a 5 t + e 2 = s 1 t i 6 n t , = x e g 3 e . + r S 3 w h 2 h o x i c w h t = i h 1 s a 2 l t 3 e t 4 s h s t e h e f o x r a d i u m s a . c r g t l i i i s n D o l t a r v e e c s i p t c r o e , o l e e n M r e n a e l s c . o i c s t c t r r o n i d a m a b i l n i b i d l i s o i n n e t e p e f n t l i a n o h t n o i e s e e g n e n t t l a i o R m r c x i n e n m g a b a t ` t u p d n h o n h a t t i i r o d s h a P r n w P e e h e a P R E l w e A d l Q n v r u x m p t c b e r o a e n e e r r s e t w . x o I o f o p f t o h l y e P o a e h o e m s t c o i r r n e n i e c a n v a l e e t e o q m u i a t = a i , x n e P a d c t r i e o q u a l n f i t h r e c h l c e e i , a r c a r l e p e t e a r o h r p f o e t r u n i g d a h i n c a u g l l g a e i r v e R P n p i Q Q o i s n d t r P a w n R o n t n c l m y c e i . , P e i r s t c e i w t a s e o t e l h e n q n h y u o e t f n i t c m P a h e e t i e o e t p m f a o . l s s i O n t s e l i n s e s s l t a b h s o t e r t e o t n o t l e d i h n o r e e f w r a h , t a s h a e n c e l n d o i , n n d e s . l s o t n h a t P s a x t i = s f y t Q h e x i h d a e n s n t i t o r y e P a Q l s o l u , x t i o n Q , s P h o w x t h a t Q Q x a l s o h a s n o r e a l s o l u t i o n . 5 h h e i M t s h t E n e e a L e t s u B e n a q O t o l e o a 4 , t n u 5 , P a q . a o ` e a i d E t n t l t u . o y r n l e e n a h o O i c 3 h t p l l M r t c c E a o Q a t s r r h L w n t n i h e i i 8 i 2 c i B l M c w v E e O i a a h ` e L n t o r B v n t o O i o l n 9 t 1 h a u n m r l c r t i e l u a c a d s t i n l o o c g o p n e r e o o u r f f p f t e s o r h v p r m f r t w e e a y e h s o i t i i i t c l v h a e t t a e p l r e h , i e e g d r a r c o e h u n a m a g p f i r o . s t n i g p t ? 1 i u A n e a e a g h l v a r d l . o s s t h E u p e e o a s n w c h j d o , d m i n u a e , d r a y i n n s t h g y o e i d m g t a e e s y d s o n a e r y d f s i d t a h l a o t e h g u , e r d o i a e t f e u n l s p c e t s a i v e s . t a l C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R I O n B t L h E e M d i a 9 8 t i c a l O l y m = A i a d 2 1 a g r a m , O i B s p a r a l l e l a n d e q u a l i n l e n g t h t o A A 5 . S h o w t f A i 4 p i h a t t h e a r e a o f B B 1 B 1 i B 2 3 s t w i c e t h i a + t o r = i 1 2 ; 3 ; a n d 1 o f A A 4 A 1 A 2 3 4 B1 A3 B2 A2 A4 O B3 B4 A1 P R O B L E M 2 3 I f , a i i i a b s h s h n d o w o a c w t h t h r a e t t a h e , a r a b o o n t d s o f a c t r h e e d e i s q t i u n a c t t i o n 2 x , x , 1 9 8 2 1 , 9 8 2 1 b 9 8 2 1 b , 9 8 2 1 c a P R O a B n L i E n t e M = g e r , 9 8 0 , 2 1 c + s 1 , t a i x : , a , a 9 8 2 + b b , c c . 3 n L e t b R e t h e - n d i m e n s i o n a l E u c l i d e a n s p a c e . D e t e r n o a f p t o l P e R L i a O e n t s t B t s o L f n E b p o a e p M e s e o t i i n n t s R i n t m i n e t h e s m a l l e s t n u h a u c t h s t e t h a t e v e r y p o i n t i n i R s a t i r r a t i o n a l d i s x e d p i p n e r g n t a n c e f r o m 4 a o b . e r m u t a t i o n o f t h e s e t = S 1 f 2 ; ; : : : ; n . g A n e l e m e n t j 2 i S n m n o t f i p f p j = . j L e t s c a l l e d a n b f e t h e n u m b e r o f p e r m u t a t i o n s h a v i n g n o x e d n p o i n t s , a n d b g e t h e n u m b e r w i t h e x a c t l y o n e x e d p o i n t . S h o w t h a t j f , n P R O B L E M g = j n 1 n 5 0 T h e a l t i t 0 C u d e s o f a t e t r a h e d r o n A B 0 a n d D C a D r e e x t 0 r e s p e c t i v e l y , w h e r e A A e n d e d e x t e r n a 0 = k = , h a 1 B B l l y t o p o i n t s 0 , A 0 = k = , h b C C , B 0 = k = a h c n d D D = P A k G = E 2 1 . h H e r e , i k s a c o n s t a n t a n d d h d w r o e n o t e s t h e l e n g t h o f t h e a l t m i t v h i t u d e o f A B C 8 2 D a 0 f 9 t e h r e t e c x e , A n t r e o t i d . c o P f r A o v B e C t D h a t t h e c e n t r o i d o f t h e t e t r a h e d r o n A 0 B 0 C 0 D c o i n c i d e s C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R F O i n P L d R F B a O o E l B r l o E a c 9 8 t i c a l O l y m p i a d 3 1 p L e M a s i t M i v e i n t e g e r s , w , x a y n d w z h i c h s a t i s f y ! w = ! x + ! y + ! z 2 h r e a l n u m b e r l r e t b T e t h e t r a n s f o r m a t i o n o f t h e p l a n e t h a t t a k e s t h e r r p f o i o n r t m a x t ; i y o n i n i s t . e o t . h e p = F o f i n t : T r 2 x a r ; r e r 2 r a + x l n u 2 m y b e r . L . g e F i t n b F d a l e l t c u h e r v f e a s m i l y o = y f f a l x l s w u h c o h s t e r g a r n a s p - h s r r e m P R T t a O h t r L a o e h f o E t a g a n e t d M h n d b y e v e r y t r a n s f o r m a t i o n i n F 3 o r L h M d e c a e B v n E r O r u a R P n B e e P i r e i t a e n r g l m i e i n e s d d b e t e y t r m h i e n a e r d e b a y s t o f h i e t l s f e a n c g e t s h s o f i t s s i d e s . I s t h e v o l u m e o f a ? 4 a t f o r e v e r y p r i m e n u m b e r , p t h e r e a r e i n n i t e l y m a n y p o s i t i v e i n t e g e r s n n s u c P h R T t O h h a B e t L g e E o d p i M v i d e s 2 , n 5 m e t r i c m e a n G . M . o f a p k o s i t i v e n u m b e r s a ; a ; 1 t S G h e h o . M p o w t . ' s s h i t a o i t f v e t a l l - k h e n t h G o . n - r M o o . e m t o p f t o f a y t s s u e b h e t i r s e p o S t s r f o o d f u p n c t o s . i F t i S 1 v o e r e n u x a m m b p e l r s : : : ; i a 2 e , i t s h e s d e n e d t o b e k e q G u . a l M . t o o t f h 3 e , G 4 , . M 1 . 8 i o f s 6 t h . e C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R P O r t B o h v A q O l k t s R i e a e n i l i B e f B c t : : e g I : b : P r o b l c e e R A B n i a S O : m n t b n h e t B a d u e h r l O l y m p i a d 4 e s q u a r e s o f 1 9 8 4 c o n s e c u t i v e p o s i t i v e i n t e g e r s c a n n o t b e . d e l i n t o a h g r l e e s o o u u e f c b o r e o , c e w t u h d T g e o t r . i k y o a m o t u " a i n h l c c l v t a n k e w r e u e c r r d s t d i s y g e e r s a e t l i l o s c n o t l a k o u e r e s d p l s a l c e e e v e s t h a t t o v e r : ? l n r e s n i o v y o s t n e e i s o k a s a h g e y w T n o r a y . i y w e r o h l o l e t d t l 7 u r i e c s n o h l o a t f u k r o r e s a y b m t n d y h I n e o r h t e i a c d v i k e n e 8 g k t y h n e a e y t x s t t . h t e r o t e d h k e e b l y u e e y o t k c a o r e u f c u l a w n h t u a r t y n t o u h m e k e e a y n r b i n y g o n v e e x r t a t n o " d o t h r e k t e h y r s e e a k r e e y a s r r o a v n e g r e d . y s e e e , i h b n o t t t i r s a s s c e l h h g u t m v s d i i v i t i t g i s s h i t d b e M t l m o f t E a . n i o a e a t u b u W r s L c e h c u h e d e y s s o n m a ' a r t l e l t n e e s o e t b d n 8 u e c m c o o b v l e e r o u r e o d r s f . c o l o u r s n e e d e d t o d i s t i n g u i s h k n e y s i f . 3 e i t O n g t g n h u , y r M n w R A e f e i s t o E : E o i o P L t o o x Y a P n y s e i i e e f l o e i w Y r u r k A m i a n A b o u n b i n B s a o s e c 8 i 2 i o A o d d l h M o A t e E a t t r 9 t 1 a L s M h u B c y E e e P L a l r a i l g i e a y t b e l d s i y r t e i i v s i z h i e e n s r s n b o u i l i e ; m t f o e l f y i m t a s d n i y g d i i t g s i t a e l . l g y , . d 3 i 2 v i 2 s i i b s l d e i i g n i t e t a l g l e r y d s i v i s i b l e . . 4 - a n g l e d t r i a n g l e h a s u n i t a r e a . S h o w t h a t t h e r e i s a p o i n t i n s i d e t h e t r i a n g l e 2 p w h o s e d i s t a n c e f r o m e a c h o f t h e v e r t i c e s i s a t l e a s t 4 2 P G R O i v B e n L E a M n y 7 5 7 r e a l n u m b e r s , p r o v e t h a t t h e r , x e a r e t w o 1 y p 0 1 + x y 3 1 o f t h e m , s a y x a n d y , s u c h t h a t C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R T O h e e x t r i c n o i g P L e L i t h s n E o e s M a d t L r a i a E P c f t s r t a n p h i s f M n r a l O l y m p i a d 5 e g s h t l i d i n e s o e f w h a i c t r h i s i a n m g u l l e t a a n r e e 6 o u , s l 8 a y b n i s d e 1 c t 0 s u t h n i e a t s r . e P a r a n o v d e p t e r h i a t m t e t h e e r r o e i f t h s e o e v r e r t e h d a t t o t t h h e e r e e n e d x i s t s a n i n t e g e r w h i c h i s d o u b l e d w h e n t h e i n i t i a l . 3 d b P 1 E c 2 r s B 8 i . o O e l 9 t 1 t o e t R g y B i M n g v E e l O r d t a R P L l a P B a e r e g u l a r p o l y g o n s o f 1 9 8 5 s i d e s a n d p e r i m e t e r s a x n d r y e s p e c t i v e l y . 2 h s i d e o f i P s t a n g e n t t o a g i v e n c i r c l e o f c i r c u m f e r e n c e a c n d t h i s c i r c l e p a s s e s 1 t h r o u g h e a c h v e r t e x o f . P P r o v e + x y 2 . c Y o u m a y a s s u m e t h a t t a n f o r 2 0 2 P R O B L E M 4 n P r P o R v e O t B h a L t E , k 1 2 M d i v i d e s n ! i f a n d o n l y i f = n , 1 2 f o r s o m e p o s i t i v e i n t e g e r k 5 1 2 L e t 1 x 2 a n d , f o r n = 1 ; 2 ; : : : , d e n e = x n 1 + 1 1 + , x . x n n 2 p , n 3 , j , x 2 j n 2 n 1 P r o v e t h a t , f o r C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R I O n B t L h E e M B d i a D a r 9 8 t i c a l O l y m p i a d 6 1 g r a m l i n e s e C a e 9 g m e n t s A a B n d C a D r e o f l e n g t h 1 w h i l e a n g l e s A B a C n d 0 a n d 3 0 r e s p e c t i v e l y . F i n d A C A C 9 0 3 0 B P R O A B M t i L a o n E t M h w l a 2 o n s D i h e s l a d c i o n m w p h i e c t i h t i o o n n l i y n w , A B h i , a c h t n h d e r e a p C a r r e t a M i c i p a t t h e l d e t . I i c e n e v a e c n t h s e . v S e u n c t h a c p p o o i m n t p s e t w i e - r e 1 a w a r d e d f o r r s t p l a c e , f p o r s e c o n d a n d f p 2 , p , p 1 j u m P p R t h h i h n e t 1 e g e r s . T h i r d , w h e r e p h e n a l s c o r e f o r p 1 w A a s 2 2 , f o r w B a s p 9 a n 0 2 a n d 3 0 0 m e t r e s . W h a t i s t h e v a l u e o f a M n d w h o w a s s d e f c o o r n w C d i n a t h s a e l h i s o g h - n o l L o T p g B 3 S d a O M d i t R t E r m a n L o e P o B c h e t ? O A r r 3 w B t a p 2 9 o 3 i e E f n c t S P M o o n f s S t a n i M t a T s c l n o e n d n g t s t h i P a n s s t t f o l i h d e e r s f a l a o r o l p o t o u o s i n f t d t i o a h s e n p s o e m e i r f p S c i e n r c l d i e c w u i l a t h r d f r i o a m m e t e t S r A o A B i M . B P r o s v e T 4 P n k 2 F o r p o s i t i v e i n t e g e r s a n n d , k d e n e F n ; k = d i v P i R L d e O e s B t L u F E ; n = 1 . P r o v e t h a t F n 1 ; 1 k M u 5 ; 1 ; , r r u ; 2 : : b : e a s e q u e n c e o f i n t e g e r s s a t i s f y i n g t h e r e c u r r e n c e r e l a t i o n = u n 3 + 2 2 , u . u S u p p o s e = u n n t e + r 1 3 9 a n d = u 4 5 . P 2 1 m s o f t h e s e q u e n c e . 1 r o v e t h a t 1 9 8 6 d i v i d e s i n n i t e l y m a n y C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R O B L E M i n P R T a O h P e n O u B l P O l s i l t g h n e a P s r o r e L v e r a l O l y m p i a d 7 o f 2 + a = b ! n f o r p o s i t i v e i n t e g e r s , a , b w n i t h a a b n d n 1 4 9 8 7 c 9 a n + b 8 e + w 7 r , d i e t t t e e n r a m i s n a e t a l h l r e p e o d s s i i b g l i t e n v u a l m u b e e s r o x f y i z , x , y n s , z o m e b a s e I b f b t h i D r i e a s n a n a g l g l p e a s e r a D l E D A l e l o g , C r a B m E a n d a D i E n d B s a A p o a D i r n t e b i s e o t s w c e e l e e n a B s w h a n t d o C a r e t n h t e h p e o l s s i i n e b l e ? B 4 , h e a n e e d r M p a p t r s E s + e e e n C t t n B h e r o 1 B g t r M o l O o a e a R F l i 1 r E c 3 t o L a e A f t M f B u = e s O n a s I e R b E 8 i 2 z o u l M m L . a o E u p C v s + B p l L y R S l B + x l d 9 t 1 2 F a s o e l o p h i n d l e t l p n a s r t e f e e h t y l i p r p d e d o a e e r . e I r r s e o s e n t n t p . i h s s i E w h o a o a l t c i w i o e h d p s a n c y l e o s r s t s s e r o s u t o t n a h . e h o W w t l h h e f d o r e s e a n n a w i s h p a i n n c s e t e o v r r d e e p d n s o i s n s h t t o o h l e a w t d n h i s d t a a t a n t t h c a e e s g r i e i v s t o e n a t ? 5 y p o s i t i v e i n t e g e r s n h o w t p h a t p p p p w h e r = e 3 , x i 5 s t = h 5 e + n g r e + n a t e s t 1 i n t = e g e r 4 l e + n s s 1 t h a = n o . 1 4 r e + n q u a 2 l t = o x 4 f o + n r e 3 x a m p l e 2 3 = 2 , C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R O B L E M a 9 8 t i c a l O l y m p i a d 8 1 2 F o 1 r 9 w 8 P 8 R d o R S O u r p e p , o i i i P s a O e B t L t n h s o t m h i a s n t o p h e n e s d l s i S r l i v a t s e r o o h e r f o a r a t o s a n e M o q o u t a h o w f f a a u n l s e t l t e t d t l h r i h o r e e o a n e g s u o a i i o S s s n c . c e e r i 4 , x r w e l e t a f l t t e t e o g r n h e R L O e B t L a E l l h b a h u e b n e a t n c f e h a ; d i o A e a f r i m a t , h ; 1 a ; 2 : : : 1 p d e w o 9 r i c i c e t i 8 8 m h u a 2 + x e i p r g s N t n e b r 5 y i e l + x 8 8 9 1 = 0 a n d 8 8 9 1 + x b + x m P m e t e r e t s r e o s f a t n h d a e h r o e u a s s A e . q H u o a r w e m m u e c t h r l e a s n . d ? v s s o d o o s r u e p b t l e u a c e t o e m n e . a a l e h s r = x 1 a 0 , i r s = x 0 t ; t f e a l n t n t o g a o i t n , n o s f i t n h t r e h e e p o l r a n m e o ; r s e o s i m e m i a l r a r e l y c o l o u r e d c o l o u r e d e d c o n t a i n a p o i n t o f t h e o p p o s i t e c o l o u r . 1 , a n d = y n 1 + 4 , y , y n 1 n , = y 1 1 , = y 0 2 1 2 = y 3 + x 1 n m w e ; : : ; t f a a r d g a e n o t e a s e q u e n c e o f i n t e g e r s . F o r e a c h n o n - e m p t y s u b s e - r , S h S : 2 e i c d a e v n d n r a g + e a r a : 5 1 q s , t u t e t a l t t e , n 0 n M = S n e r f n P o l a o d l h x n 1 o i ? 2 S t 4 = + m s a e o x n d b o e n t e E c h o e a c e f 3 s l c h s t t M o o a n d t i s e n o h e v i r e w R L t a e h u 2 e E s t n i o a s d L p d i g B l M r e a h e a h v E s g t P L u e o t 0 B h h a = O A T h = e g p e o 4 9 A f t p f o r o b A s o e t o m v e h e e r p p a o r l s o l i n t i d o v u c n e - i t e n o f m t a p e g t e l l y r t s a r + 1 1 e b i s + 1 n e , a r 1 h u t d t s e g e e r o A t e r s i f m n i . A I S n e f t L e m h e v t a m S l = u S 1 e s 3 o f C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R T t O h B e h i a m n a n l B e t L r h a s 1 e y 2 ; p s E 9 8 t i c a l O l e t A B m p i a d 9 r c e a M ; : c : e n : d t ; i h n i a n g s r v b e a l e p u d l e o a c s n e o e d r i i n s o s t r r i d e c t r l s y o s t m h a a l l t e e r a t c h h v a n a l a l u e l i p r s e e c i e t h d i e r n s g t v r a i l c u t e l y s b . i I g g n h e P e c b C R t O i n B g L e a , A E r i g h t a n g l e d t r i a n g l e o f a r e , B M r C e s p e c t i v e l y , i n t h e i r a o e n e f a a g n . a n , P h n n c 1 . L e t 0 A 0 B b C e t h e p o i n t s o b t a i n e d b o t s f o l l o w s : = a 1 i 1 t h e v a l u e o f n t c r B n L i r n e e p y g M s e e t c b c l v s i t e s i d e s . F i n d t h e a r e a o f 4 A 9 8 9 8 e f t C 9 9 ; , a n 1 , i s t h e s u m o f t h e d i a r l a n t h e i S t t , t e h k e a c s y w h e e o o t s f n t h a r o o g . d d g m n s n d n e o d a a u h r s l r a a r e T b n e e . w a h m m p n t d h e h a l l t p r a d d u d e e l e a e o r h a d c E h t l . e t t h n r h t a c n e t a m a o d p r o e c a b n f e l m , p e i o o m c t o h a s t t t e s t a c d d e h e t o d h r t w o m w r s r e m h l n r a o n k b u t n a e i d d e o i a o a r s g i t s h e s o f n t a m h h e r e . o t t p e a w t e o h n o s r t a e e a n a r y d e , . 5 e e t i e s n N r t h e a . a h t p b s t c f r s e y e d y e n u m b e r s 1 2 ; n 2 ; ; : : : , 1 2 ; . F o r a s p e c i c p e r m u t a t i o n = X ; X ; 1 o B n d t e u a a d g l s d y a e e a n 5 n h l i d n t e b s o t h m n o n t i a c t r l s d e c y e e e e p h o u k o c d k E a a i n r t a t o f t f n o o a e o m O i o 0 ? a 2 G p 1 s m r e o u h 5 e r m o R p y 0 4 e b a n c P = M r m s t e a a E a u t h h L e e o e e r p b t B e o w 5 O A r n 1 R T W o 3 1 D r 2 0 r e ? 0 L y 1 g w O M e l y R E t n a P L a u m b e r s w e d e n e S = , X 1 S 1 = + X 2 , X 1 S 2 = 3 : : : ; X 2 + X n + X 1 X ; 2 : : : 3 P a n d Q = S S 1 a l l p o s s i b l e p e 2 r m u t a S . E v a l u a t e n t i o n s . 1 1 = Q w h e r e t h e s u m i s t a k e n o v e r C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R O A B c p l s o a P r R c i i n i i v e . i E o e e s L t c r t B i e o n 9 9 t i c a l O l y m p i a d 0 1 t r s o O e s e p M p e m 6 E m y a 2 L a t o o s t t M v d A n n t c l v i o h a l r e g e o n D f d e t 1 o e r 2 n s e . n 2 ; f t m i 3 ; h n p e l ; : a y : l l e : d k e a ; a p r i w s r a p n y a s , o i s s i t n t w n ; h l s a d o w s k e i f f o o t e h u r v r n n o d w t h i c d k t h w a h a i . p e h s o t t y a s c i O l a n y h e p s p r l o i c r y s a s a s e e b e e h e d c r l h i a a v i y , n d g e x a t h t h c e e t l y . 2 1 A s e t o f n + n 1 d i s t i n c t n u m b e r s i s a r r a n g e d a t r a n d o m i n a t r i a n g u l a r a r r a y : 2 L e t b M e t h e l a r g e s t n u m b e r i n t h e - k t h r o w f r o m t h e t o p . F i n d t h e p r o b a b i l i t y k t h a t M M 1 P R L O e a B t n L A d E M B B a t b D m D e , e e a t 0 A a c t , o n v . X 0 B e x T q h e u a p d , C r D e s p e c t i j j e r p R B p t a o w h P S u c p i l t h c B p e c l a e n n p n t e b r e g r s r M e e l a n t d e i r c a l u l i a n v e l y . P r o v e 0 r A t s h 0 + j B j t h o f l i n e s e g m a e v c e a e o l n c a t d h s e e l d s p e e w i e w t d h h s e i r c f S h t o h a w t a b D e t i i t i e M r i o b e d m i n a m X e c e i t t r c h l e , e s a i n d d e l s e A t d , B i a B g o n , C a a l C s A , D C D A t 0 = j D j n t 0 A 0 + j D j 0 B j C 0 A e , B t c . n u p i o n t n o t e s 2 h e m e p c o e l n a t n d r e e b s . p P y t e r h r o s v e i p e d c o e a r n a t i d l c l a a b e l e s t o l a n l r g e t d t i s n h k e e g a - x t c t a h t o h e f u n c t i o n d f e n e d o 1 n t = h e 1 p h 0 a ; i m 2 f f f i n = s i f t 2 + n 2 , f + n 1 v f i e i = n 2 t e g e r s s e n , + n w 1 i s i t o h , d d j u f , s t t i h n + e c n a f t i o + n n , 1 a l l v = a u e + n n s o 1 f n = 1 2 i s e s f f l t ; 1 , f n 1 a , t r + n o + f 1 f n 0 + 1 . o r w h i c h n 1 x i f s t o 5 f r 0 C e e f a n s , 4 e E s h e r a L o t M c e O s E t m i R L r 1 i j O A i 0 B P r 0 A 0 0 0 3 3 C 0 M 2 , a h r n e i g r i n d e u g . i p o n C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R O B L E M h o f z P l P L t e t c n u i a s i n e o g o l t i o y o s : a c l t n i I n 5 + x t i n n e v e b o a e u t c t m l y m p i a d 1 3 = y h z a s i n n i t e l a n y s o l u t i o n s i n i n t e g e r s , x , y i a t s b n t e e e 2 0 g , . e i r . t F h a i s n d e x t a c h t e l s y u 2 m o d n i f g i a t l s l c p o o n s s i i t s i t i v e n i g n o t f e g e r 1 n ' s w s a i n t h d t h e 0 n ' s . r n m d i a P n e s g a c i h v o e r n p d o o f i n t . C i S n t h o h e w p t h l a a n t e t . h E e a m i c d h l p o i i n e n t t s h o r f o t u h g e h s w P e c h o h r i d c s h l i e m h b e h d s o d e r i e g o s a g m t f r e h i r a m m n s o t . t T m ? J s s e h u u h t e t i f s e t a b b s e y o d y o 0 f i u l u r a e ; v e n 2 ; t e r 1 ; n s : a l t f w : e u r r : 1 ; e s o 3 o f m t 1 ; 4 t h h a g e e d v r i a l e t e u o r e b e s f n e c o r c e s a h o o l f l s t o e n h t t e h t e r o w s o e g l l n i u m n t m e h b n t e e r s s I s . 5 u r e f s o y O 0 c e n a e o u e i g r g r r n M t p t i t e E l 4 s l a d e i d c e a . n b e p c e y L b l l b h m a i u =6 e g M t c B t n r s O n s o i C l c 3 s E d o R n i e p P i r d a c q z x M t r L d n i p e c i B n o r e c O e a s y t E 9 i 2 g s e x a b r e M r L a T n h h e B e R j i t c E C n P t w t n L e t i b O e o I o R t B h a h n l T h w t o i r O e f t o R L i w 9 t 1 2 S a p s f , a i s t t i r u d e a a e h l l t i l s e e l o d o n n i e g r , g t h l a e m n n g s d t h b a o o f u o r f n m t d h e u e l d l a b f a r g y o e s r i d f 1 e n n e q s u i i , l a n t t t h e e h r a l e n t g u m r b r i i a d e n , r g i o l e s i 1 f p s 5 a 3 . r a F a l n o l e d r l o t g f h r 3 e a g m s e , , t n h e f o r r e a l a C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R P O r o r P v s E t B r M h L x t a ; y t t E u h e r a p l M ; r n o u d u m c b t e o r f s i t f h e a n r d s o t n n n l y i d P d R I O n t a n t e t z B L h 0 m m i g r x i c a l O l y m p i a d 2 t u r a + n l n 1 i u m s b n o e t r a s i n s d o d i v d i p s i r i b l m e b e y t h e s u m o f t h e . , e s t a b l i s h t h e i n e q u a l i t y n e w x h e n e 2 z , q + u a l y i t y y h o z , l d s x z , y z , + x y z , . 3 a D a i M d C o r E e d e a f 2 n 9 i 2 x a 9 t 1 a n n O o L e t R F B a r e m i a s m p z , e e A c t t h B i v e C e a l r i D y . e D a s a e o f t t s e r h q u m e i q u a n r e e a , a d w l r i i l l t a t h t h e e a U p r a o l s P n s d i b U i V l Q e w n a t e y r s i o o r f p s e o l i e n c t t s i o n f g t h e a U s n i d d e s A s V B o a s V A D P U V Q C B P R S O o l B v L e E t M h 4 e e q u a t i o n 2 x 2 + x = 3 2 P R O A d i n a o m c c o u n L e n r n i B m b p o o u s e s e i r x e c s e i 2 v w b t + n , t t h k d l i e n 1 w h d e 1 5 f i , e M k l w t E + x g o h e a r o e 0 a a j v 1 c c k e f s t t y i n r n l h o a i c w c m r a r d s e x o r d s k e h h s m s h o i i i c s a f t d 1 , t t w e k c i d l a r r j t d r a h e k b g r n o e e e t F s n o a . d a h r t e e n ? 1 n m e w m a u a e c , e s o e T e o i m s i h n e e F m r a i w n a i c s t l t v t w a , l h e d n e h b r m r e c k r o b 1 t . u + n 1 e l h 2 D b c e t . s a h w h p r . k t i f r h n t d b h e e t e l v u e n 1 p e h a e r a s l w a a c e o l c u o e f s n n d d i a r o n d s f i s n i t C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R D i O e n t t w e e i P o m r r t i i o s a n r i g l w d e h e s f i . c o r h S w t h o h h i w i s c h a t h l a I R O n B t r L t c h p i E a e r n o M n g t t i t h t e u t g u r m e s b s i e o r i x n c a s r n b a t d h t e h r e e i c x P 9 i c a l O l y m p i a d 3 r p e e e a i r s s t o i i t n d e i l o s a n y n s o t n d h e a e s n t u a r c i h l a t n t i g r i t l a u d e i n g l e a n t e r e o t f w o u o r r c i g o h n s t e t r c i u a t n i g v l e e s . 2 a t r f e M h e t d g E t a n e L w e a t 9 t 1 n s n B o e r i M i e O E m h h g L r g t R S B a o n h a o ; l s i e n + x f a f 1 r n d o ; o m n t + x l h 2 y i e s ; f e t q u + x h r e 3 e n ; e c : d i s t i n c t t e r m s t h a t f o r m a e : : 3 l e A B , C t h e m e d i a n s t o t h e s i d e s A a B n d A a C r e p e r p e n d i c u l a r . P r o v e 2 t h a t c o t + B c o t C 3 P R O A s n c u h e i c r l h t 1 P R t m o B t L y E ; e l a t i l l i c o i r f i n g m l i a n s y s c h c r o t e o l f e r e n r e h h e a t s t e a t n e u d w i a t r l n f f o s d x n l r n y a r e e o l e m i b a m l o t o o e m e f e p l y a e e e o g l e h m s d w T t r n . e y t i 1 a y m a n s t a l d s b s p e o s e s w x m h l t i t g r o h b a n e r c r d y s f s o b d s t s l s e u y r c i i a e b g m d l o a o o p i w w r r o d n e e w m e b b t o g m y r e a u o f t m b N s d n . r e l n t e b a l n y h t a n a y o e l c o t o m p b t r n a e e p r o a t t e u w m m m o t A e o t y . w r s r r t f o i e e e r w n v h d d s t b e n E o r e . h e t r a e a e h i n h a t d i i t d s d t e n y r o t a e a h s o l p c n e b g k a a f n o e g o s w o t a s e o t s h a b s n e o s t ? 5 ; s o a t d h M y n e m r y ; 2 o l t o g a u e s 1 r a b h a m n m c d e l u s e c a f y n s t n O e a o l o a o w t A l y 4 r p l s a . L t M e l e o E b o a T L m o x g t B : : b : e a s e q u e n c e s u c h t h a t h i p = y 3 1 a n d , f o r k 0 , i s d e n e d b y t h e 1 : 2 y i f k i s e i f k i s o v e n k = y k 2 2 + y 1 d d k 2 y 2 y i f k i s o i f k i s e d d k = y k 2 + 1 + 1 v e n k S h o w t h a t t h e s e q u e n c e y ; 1 o n c e y ; 2 y ; : : : t a k e s 3 . 1 o n e v e r y p o s i t i v e i n t e g e r v a l u e e x a c t l y C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R E O v B a l L u E a t M a 9 9 t i c a l O l y m p i a d 4 1 e t h e s u m 1 9 9 4 2 X n n + + 1 n , 1 n n P R O B L E M = ! 1 2 p p p S h o w t h a t e v e r y p o s i t i v e i n t e g r a l p o w e r o f , 2 1 i p s o f t p h e f o r p m m m , , 1 f o r p 2 s o m P e R T p O w o B e s L n t i E y t i v e i M - n t e g e m r . e . g . , 2 1 = , 3 2 2 = , 9 8 3 v e m e n s i t a r o u n d a c i r c u l a r t a b l e . E v e r y h o u r t h e r e i s a v o t m r u e s s t r p o e n s s p o e i n d s y t h e o s e s a r n m . o e a E s t a h c h e r m e s a p n o b n s e e h a o v f e a s a t l s e f a s o l t l o o w n s e : o o f n t t h e v t o w t v o e e t e ; e n b , u , t t t h i e n t w i P l A n a A h a D e P t R L e r O e b j t B A t e L B a n n e E t l o r n e s n s o s p e o i e v r m n s o e w e t c s t d d n i t t h e h e r e s e n m t n a f + e r o 1 w a m t - t y o h h a v n t o t o t h f e e b w i o l n t l h b n d A B 1 h e i d t h i h c a t h , n h o o b w o e d v y e ' r s e r v e s e p r y o b n o s d e y w r i l l e s e v p o e n s i i r e a c h p e o o t p l e , e i h f h e s i i e s t s t v e e d h n d r t a e c h i e l i s n f n n t i t f t i r r o c B g l j P N t l n g P i o n i t c i r B a u P f f e c t i j A e a , B b A d h o P j l t s P d n e A t n a o = a a h . V e e g . h l u h P j o h V i d e c n w n a e e a i o i i d j o r a c A c e e g n P j h a o t s n s o i g f n n m o t h d g o h n o a o t i a n t b t n g e o f t e a u r s r o o s n o m t n h t i s h h r n e e s h n e p - o t h n s e h e r s t v o t e , t h e r e . U e n c t n i n , t a n e e t m e a i h a U r l d = v h U y P a a o t n n g s f g e e o i h n n n n t n s n a e r o a e o e p a m t y s s o n e e r a i n o a r p c o u i t n e a t o n e A n d t D r . i a L n i n g e l e . L B s e A t H a D n b C d e t H h , e n e e t l y c i u b r t n c A h o e u g w u p s s g r d S r u h i e o e i . m h n o V = l n i p a h t h o n s e t d t d w a h 6 a + v o n 5 b n e e s M i l o r t a s y = C y p p P f i o u a j i s s . d p c U e a a m m t e p B P e e i a 4 u V w r r o m e S d r s s M . n o E i b B e w , h t B d i i v L h h h a B t P t e O e a b n f n e l R L h e n t o h e n e t t b h e t h t E a n d F , r e s p e c t i v e l y . P r o v e t 1 h a t l e t i t n u e d x e t e n 6 E D H = F D o H B n d e d C , , i n a t e n r d s l e c e t H t A C C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R O B L E M a 9 9 t i c a l O l y m p i a d 5 1 x 9 L e t f x = . E v a l u a t e t h e s u m x 9 + 3 1 1 P R L O e B t L E , a M , b 2 f 9 9 + 3 f 6 1 9 9 + f 6 1 9 9 + + 1 9 9 5 1 9 9 6 f 6 2 a n d b c e p o s i t i v e r e a l n u m b e r s . P r o v e a a b t h b + a t c + c 3 a P R D O e p o t i r F i C i r i i n d e r o i s s h s a n t r q s u h a t q u o f , t a t l n a a e r a r n a o l l t s r r c a l s a n b c s s e p o l g p s - e g e o n n o h e . o t S - n S o w o s p i y i f g o e e o n e s . p r e a s o s r u r e x o n o o h e e i o h w r v r n m w f g e , o l e t l o a o o n A b r e d i . e e n 0 e e e r t a h t h a 8 e t a a o 1 t i l d n a i n b h r a C d d t h t a e t a c t e u u e t s q q s r e o o i r e L p a e t q r s n e p c d a i r . S e a s t d n e e e g t g . o n o s y s i a n i e n i e l r o s d u r t e p i e d l s e o f i m s g 5 h o e n g t o d a e n s t b i c 3 b s l u v M a e a g E e t n a L n s e h B b s h h f e a t o w 2 + b 2 P R L O e d B t i L E b n o p h a M 4 e n a t i n x e e e d q p u a o t i s o i t i v e i n t e g e r . S 3 s i n n i t e l y m a n w t h a t f 3 + o r o n y s o l u t i o n 3 + x 1 a o l y n o n n e g a t i v e i n x h h + s i n p k 3 = x + 2 y n 2 o s i t i v e i n t e g e r s a x n d y i P R S u O p B p L o E s M e 5 t h a t i u s a r e a l p a r a m e t e r w i t h 0 u 1 . D e n e 0 i f 0 i f u x u 2 p p f x = , 1 a n d d e n e t h e s e q u e n c u f e g u + x r e c u r s i v , 1 e l u y a s f , 1 o l l x o w s x : n = u f 1 a ; n d = u S h o w t h a t t h e r e e x i s t f u n 1 s a p o s i t i v e i n e g n e r f k o r , w f o r a l h i c h 1 n = u k l 1 0 1 1 n t e g e r s k , t h e C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R O B L E M a 9 9 t i c a l O l y m p i a d 6 1 3 I f ; ; a r e t h e r o o t s o f , x 1 , x 1 + = 0 , 1 c o + m p + 1 P R F O i a n B L d n s E a w l e M l r , u t e 1 + 1 , + 1 , 2 r e a l s o l u t i o n s t o t h e f o l l o w i n g s y s t e m o f e q u a t i o n s . C a r e f u l l y j u s t i f y y o u r . 8 2 4 x = y 2 1 + 4 x 2 4 y = z 2 1 + 4 y 2 4 z : = x 2 1 P R O W B e d L e E n M o + 4 z 3 t e a n a r b i t r a r y p e r m u t a t i o n o f t h e i n t e g e r s 1 ; : : : ; b n y a ; : : : ; . a e t i h e n u m b = a 1 e r o f t h e s e p e r m u t a t i o n s s u c h t h a L e t f n n 1 b t ; 1 i i j , a j a i D e P t R L e r O e i B t i m L 4 n e E A + h M B 2 ; = i 1 ; : : : ; 1 , n 1 w e t h e r f 1 9 9 6 i s d i v i s i b l e b y 3 . 4 b C e a n i s o s c e l e s t r i a n g l e w i t h A = B A . C S u p p o s e t h a 6 o f R L m B P O e B t e L r e E ; t s A M r t a D n d t h a t B = C B + D A . D D e t e r m : : : ; b r h e a n g l e b i s e c t o r i n e A e a g i v e n s e t o f p m o s i t i v e r a t i o n a l n u m b e r s s u c h t h a t m 2 P m m = r 1 . D e n e t h e f u n c t i o n b f y f n = , n r k k t t 5 ; 1 a C P i t 6 n t h = e e g e g r r n e a n f o r e a c h p o s i t i v e k k 1 . t D e s e t t i n e r t m e i g e n r e t l e h s e s m t h i a n n i m o u r m e a q u n a d l m t a o x 1 x i m u m v a l u e s = 1 o f f n . H e r e x d e n o t e s C a n a d i a n M a t h e m 1 P R H O o g P l R T e h i a P o O r o v L e n t n f p l d o e c o d e n r s n l t s i v e y e t i ; t u i x o m v 1 e a m r v p l i n = t t 5 h e e l r t u s t h o a , b = A P u a l . a e r h M h o d y t r t E s n ; t a o i r m g g t B x i n F n g o e ! r f g 0 e e a t a x r a v l h l e v t y d e c e e 0 h i l 5 ; s o n i T h B e p L i l O l y m p i a d 7 ; a y r e t h e r e , w i t h x , y a n d s t c o , y m a m n o d n d ! n i = v i s o r n o f a x 1 , n n d , y l c d x 2 ; i y m t i t t n r a s c t t ; o o i e a i n e v o h a l e i t h v n f d r e u o n e t e e a n h 1 n o b n 9 9 9 f t a e t : r a v l = l f 5 n a l e n i t s e c g t n a u n h m b b e : r e o m f o c v l e o s d e s d i o t P R W e O r t t B i t e h L i O a E t x h g b a s l e n 4 9 9 7 1 6 1 9 9 8 4 4 s s i t u a t e d i n s i d e t h e p a r a l l e l o g r a m A B C s D o t h a t 6 O + B C O = D 1 8 0 O B = C O D C 5 e s u m , n n k X 1 , k 3 2 + k k p i n t h e f o r e , n + k 2 6 + k 2 4 0 n m q = 9 w h e r e p a n d q a r e p o l y n o m 1 i a l s w i t h i n t e n t e a g 6 t M h d h 4 6 v t h a t n o t e s 1 o h r t v t a h l s o s , e 5 a e r 2 R 2 x 1 2 A r c . 3 6 P u y t M n a 3 a E o x s d s o n d t i s o e p t j s m 0 a 1 O s e R c . 1 P 9 i 2 e n i a m d l . i o e f i M s n E j R P i T s o a ! d c E o m O d l p 5 c t L c c N s B y = g a e a r e 9 t 1 n y . O h e ; E e M a x T h E m d O t L w c N B a g e r c o e c i e n t s . t h b , a ; THE 1998 CANADI CANADIAN AN MA MATHEMA THEMATICAL TICAL OLYMPIAD 1. Determine the number of real solutions a to the equation 1 1 1 a + a + a =a. 2 3 5 Here, if x is a real number, then [ x ] denotes the greatest integer that is less than or equal to x. 2. Find all real numbers x such that x= x− 1 x 1/2 + 1− 1 x 1/2 . 3. Let n be a natural number such that n ≥ 2. Show that 1 1 1 1+ + ···+ n+1 3 2n − 1 1 1 > n 1 1 . + +···+ 2 4 2n 4. Let ABC be a triangle with ∠BAC = 40 and ∠ABC = 60 . Let D and E be the points lying on the sides AC and AB , respectively, such that ∠C BD = 40 and ∠BC E = 7 700 . Let F be the point of intersection of the lines BD and C E . Show that the line AF is perpendicular to the line BC . ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ 5. Let m be a posit positiv ivee integ integer. er. Defi Define ne the seq sequen uence ce a0 , a1 , a2 , . . . by a0 = 0, a1 = m, 2 Provee that an orde ordere red d pa pair ir (a, b) of and an+1 = m an − an 1 for n = 1, 2, 3, . . . . Prov non-negative integers, with a ≤ b, gives a solution to the equation − a2 + b2 = m2 ab + 1 if and only if (a, b) is of the form (an , an+1 ) for some n ≥ 0. THE 1999 CANADI CANADIAN AN MA MATHEMA THEMATICAL TICAL OLYMPIAD 1. Find all real solutions to the equation 4 x2 − 40[x] + 51 = 0. Here, if x is a real number, then [x] denotes the greatest integer that is less than or equal to x. 2. Let ABC be an equil equilate ateral ral tria triangl nglee of altit altitude ude 1. A cir circle cle wit with h rad radius ius 1 and center on the same side of AB as C rolls along the segment AB . Pro Prove ve tha thatt the arc of the circle that is inside the triangle always has the same length. 3. Dete Determine rmine all positiv positivee intege integers rs n with the property that n = (d(n))2 . Here d (n) denotes the number of positive divisors of n. 4. Suppose a1 , a2 , . . . , a8 are eight distinct integers from {1, 2, . . . , 16, 17}. Sh Shoow that there is an integer k > 0 such that the equation ai − aj = k has at least three thr ee diffe differen rentt sol soluti utions. ons. Als Also, o, find a spec specific ific set of 7 dis distin tinct ct inte integer gerss fro from m {1, 2, . . . , 16, 17} such that the equation a i − aj = k does not have three distinct solutions for any k > 0. 5. Let x, y , and z be non-negative real numbers satisfying x + y + z = 1. Sh Show ow that 4 x2 y + y 2 z + z 2x ≤ , 27 and find when equality occurs. THE 2000 CANADI CANADIAN AN MA MATHEMA THEMATICAL TICAL OLYMPIAD 1. At 12:00 noon, Anne, Beth and Carmen begin running laps around a circular track of length three hundred meters, all starting from the same point on the track tra ck.. Eac Each h jog jogger ger main maintai tains ns a con consta stant nt speed in one of the tw twoo poss possibl iblee directions for an indefinite period of time. Show that if Anne’s speed is different from the other two speeds, then at some later time Anne will be at least one hundred hun dred meter meterss from eac each h of the other runner runners. s. (Here (Here,, dista distance nce is measu measured red along the shorter of the two arcs separating two runners.) 2. A permutation of the integers 1901, 1902, . . . , 2000 is a sequence a1 , a2 , . . . , a100 in which each of those integers appears exactly once. Given such a permutation, we form the sequence of partial sums s1 = a 1 , s2 = a 1 + a2 , s3 = a 1 + a2 + a3 , . . . , s100 = a 1 + a2 + · · · + a100. How many of these permutations will have no terms of the sequence s 1 , . . . , s100 divisible by three? 3. Let A = (a1, a2 , . . . , a2000 ) be a sequence of integers each lying in the interval [−1000, 1000 1000]. ]. Su Suppo ppose se tha thatt the the en entr trie iess in A sum sum to 1. Sh Show ow th that at som somee nonempty subsequence of A sums to zero. 4. Let ABCD be a convex quadrilateral with = 2 ADB, ABD = 2 C DB AB = C B. C BD and Prove that AD = C D. 5. Suppose that the re real al num numbers bers a1 , a2, . . . , a100 satisfy a1 ≥ a2 ≥ · · · ≥ a100 ≥ 0, a1 + a2 ≤ 100 and a3 + a4 + · · · + a100 ≤ 100. 2 Determine the maximum possible value of a21 + a22 + · · · + a 100 , and find all possible sequences a1 , a2 , . . . , a100 which achieve this maximum. THE 2001 CANADIAN MATHEMATICAL OLYMPIAD 1. Randy: “Hi Rachel, that’s an int interest eresting ing quadratic equati equation on you hav havee writ written ten down. What are its roots?” Rachel: “The roots are two positive integers. One of the roots is my age, and the other root is the age of my younger brother, Jimmy.” Randy: “That is very neat! Let me see if I can figure out how old you and Jimmy are. That shouldn’t shoul dn’t be too difficu difficult lt since all of your coefficien coefficients ts are int integer egers. s. By the wa way y, I notice that the sum of the three coefficients is a prime number.” Rachel: “Interesting. Now figure out how old I am.” Randy: “Instead, I will guess your age and substitute it for x in your quadratic equation . . . da darn rn,, tha thatt giv gives es me −55, and not 0.” Rachel: “Oh, leave me alone!” (a) Pro Prove ve that Jimm Jimmy y is two two years old. (b) Dete Determine rmine Rac Rachel’s hel’s age. 2. Ther Theree is a board num numbered bered −10 to 10 as shown. Each square is coloured either red or white, and the sum of the numbers on the red squares is n. n. Maureen starts with a token on the square labeled 0. She thenright. tossesEvery a fair time coin ten Every shethe flipstoken heads, she movestothe one square to the she times. flips tails, shetime moves one square thetoken left. At the end of the ten flips, the probability that the token finishes on a red square is a rational number of the form ab . Given Given th that at a + b = 2001, determine the largest possible value for n. -10 -9 -8 -8 --7 7 --6 6 --5 5 --4 4 --3 3 --2 2 --1 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3. Let ABC be a triangle with AC > AB. AB . Let P be the intersection point of the perpendicular bisector of BC and the internal angle bisector of A. Con Constr struct uct poi point ntss X on AB (extended) and Y on AC such that P X is perpendicular to AB and P Y is perpendicular to AC . Let Z be the intersection point of X Y and BC . Det Determ ermine ine the v valu aluee of BZ/ZC . C Y Z M A B P X 4. Let n be a positive integer. Nancy is given a rectangular table in which each entry is a positive integer. She is permitted to make either of the following two moves: (a) selec selectt a row and multi multiply ply each ent entry ry in this row by n. n. (b) select a column and subtract n from each entry in this column. Find all possible values of n for which the following statement is true: Given any rectangular table, it is possible for Nancy to perform a finite sequence of moves to create a table in which each entry is 0. 5. Let P0 , P1 , P2 be three points on the circumference of a circle with radius 1, where P1 P2 = t < 2. For each i ≥ 3, define P i to be the centre of the circumcircle of Pi−1 Pi−2 Pi−3 . (a) Pro Prove ve that the point pointss P 1 , P5 , P9 , P13, . . . are collinear. (b) Let x be the distance from P1 to P1001 , and let y be the distance from P1001 to P2001. Determine all values of t for which x/y is an integer. 500 THE 2002 CANADIAN MATHEMATICAL OLYMPIAD 1. Let S be a subset of 1, 2, . . . , 9 , such that the sums formed by adding each unordered pair of distinct numbers from S are all different. For example, the subset 1, 2, 3, 5 has this property property,, but 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 does not, since the pairs 1, 4 and 2, 3 have the same sum, namely 5. { { } } { } { } { } What is the maximum number of elements that S can contain? 2. Cal Calll a posi positiv tivee integ integer er n practical if every positive integer less than or equal to n can be written as the sum of distinct divisors of n. For example, the divisors of 6 are 1, 2, 3, and 6. Since 1=1, 2=2, 3=3, 4=1+3, 5=2+ 3, 6=6, we see that 6 is practical. Prove that the product of two practical numbers is also practical. 3. Pro Prove ve that for all p positiv ositivee real numbers a, b, and c, a3 b3 c3 + + bc ca ab ≥ a + b + c, and determine when equality occurs. √ 4. Let Γ be a circle with radius r. Let A and B be distinct points on Γ such that AB < 3r. Let the circle with centre B and radius AB meet Γ again at C . Let P be the point inside Γ such that triangle ABP is equilateral. Finally, let the line C P meet Γ again at Q. Prove that P Q = r . N such that 5. Let N = 0, 1, 2, . . . . Determine all functions f : N xf (y ) + yf (x) = (x + y )f (x2 + y 2 ) { } for all x and y in N . → The Canadian Mathematical Olympiad - 2003 1. Consider a standard twelve-hour clock whose hour and minute hands move continuously. Let m be an integer, with 1 ≤ m ≤ 720. At precisely m minutes after 12:00, the angle made by the hour hand and minute hand is exactly 1 . Det Determ ermine ine all possibl possiblee values of m. m. ◦ 2001 2002 2. Find the last three digits of the number 2003 . 3. Find all real positive solutions (if any) to x3 + y3 + z 3 = x + y + z, and x2 + y2 + z 2 = xyz. 4. Pro Prove ve that when three circl circles es share the same cho chord rd AB AB,, every line through A different from AB determines the same ratio X Y : Y Z , where X is an arbitrary point different from B on the first circle while Y and Z are the points where AX intersects the other two circles (labelled so that Y is between X and Z ). l A X Y Z B 5. Let S be a set of n points in the plane such that any two points of S are at least 1 unit apart. Prove there √ is a subset T of S with at least n/ n/77 points such that any two points of T are at least 3 units apart. 36th Canadian Mathematical Olympiad Wednesday, March 31, 2004 1. Find all ordered triples ( x,y,z ) of real numbers which satisfy the following system of equations: xy = z − x − y xz = y − x − z yz = x − y − z 2. How many ways can 8 mutually non-attacking rooks be placed on the 9 × 9 chessboard (shown here) so that all 8 rooks are on squares of the same colour? [Two rooks are said to be attacking each other if they are placed in the same row or column of the board.] 3. Let A A,, B,C,D be four points on a circle (occurring in clockwise order), with AB < AD and BC > CD . Let the bisector of angle BAD meet the circle at X and the bisector of angle BC D meet the circle at Y . Consider the hexagon formed by these six points on the circle. If four of the six sides of the hexagon have equal length, prove that BD must be a diameter of the circle. 4. Let p be an odd prime. Prove that p−1 k=1 k 2p−1 ≡ p(p + 1) 2 (mod p2 ). [Note that a ≡ b (mod m) means that a − b is divisible by m.] 5. Let T be the set of all positive integer divisors of 2004 100. What is the largest possible number of elements that a subset S of T can have if no element of S is an integer multiple of any other element of S ? 37th Canadian Mathematical Olympiad Wednesday, March 30, 2005 1. Consi Consider der an equilate equilateral ral triangl trianglee of side length n, which is divided into unit triangles, as shown. Let f (n) be the number of paths from the triangle in the top row to the middle triangle in the bottom row, such that adjacent triangles in our path share a common edge and the path never travels up (from a lower row to a higher row) or revisits a triangle. An example of one such path is illustrated below for n = 5. Determine the value of f (2005). 2. Let (a,b,c (a,b,c)) be a Pythagorean triple, i.e., a triplet of positive integers with a 2 + b2 = c2 . a) Prove that (c/a (c/a + c/b c/b))2 > 8. b) Pro Prove ve that ther theree does not exist any int integer eger n for which we can find a Pythagorean triple (a,b,c (a,b,c)) 2 satisfying (c/a (c/a + c/b c/b)) = n. n. 3. Let S be a set of n ≥ 3 points in the interior of a circle. a) Show that there are three distinct points a,b,c ∈ S and three distinct points A,B,C on the circle such that a is (strictly) closer to A than any other point in S , b is closer to B than any other point in S and c is closer to C than any other point in S . b) Show that for no value of n can four such points in S (and corresponding points on the circle) be guaranteed. 4. Let ABC be a triangle with circumradius R, perimeter P and area K . Det Determ ermine ine the maxi maximu mum m 3 value of KP/R . 5. Let’ Let’ss say that an order ordered ed triple of positiv positivee intege integers rs ((a,b,c a,b,c)) is nn -powerful if a ≤ b ≤ c, gcd(a,b,c gcd(a,b,c)) = 1, and a + b + c is divisible by a + b + c. For example, (1, (1, 2, 2) is 5-powerful. n n n a) Dete Determine rmine all ordered trip triples les (if any) which are n-powerful n -powerful for all n ≥ 1. b) Determine all ordered triples (if any any)) which are 2004-powe 2004-powerful rful and 2005-powerful, but not 2007powerful. [Note that gcd(a,b,c gcd(a,b,c)) is the greatest common divisor of a, a , b and c.] c .] 39th Canadian Mathematical Olympiad Wednesday, March 28,2007 111000001110 1. What is the maximum maximum number of non-over non-overlapp lapping ing 2 1 dominoes that can be placed on a 8 9 checkerboard if six of them are placed as shown? Each domino must be placed horizontally or vertically so as to cover two adjacent squares of the board. × × 2. You are given a pair of tria triangles ngles for which which (a) two two sides of one triangle triangle are equal in length to two sides of the secon second d triangle, triangle, and (b) the triangles triangles are similar, similar, but not necessar necessarily ily congrue congruent. nt. Prove that the ratio of the sides that correspond under the similarity is a number between 1 √ − √ 1) and ( 5 − 1). ( 5 2 1 2 3. Suppose that f is a real-valued function for which f (xy) + f (y − x) ≥ f (y + x) for all real numbers x and y . (a) Give a nonconstant polynomi polynomial al that satisfies the condition. (b) Prove Prove that f (x) 0 for all real x . ≥ 4. For two real numbers numbers a , b , with ab = 1, define the ∗ operation by a + b − 2ab a∗b= . 1 − ab Start with a list of n 2 real numbers whose entries x all satisfy 0 < x < 1. Select any two numbers a and b in the list; remove them and put the number a b at the end of the list list,, thereby redu reducing cing its length by one. Repeat this procedure procedure until a single number remains. ≥ ∗ (a) Prov Provee that this single number number is the same regardl regardless ess of the choic choicee of pair at each stage. (b) Suppose that the condition condition on the num numbers bers x in S is weakened to 0 < x 1? ≤ 1. What happens if S contains exactly one ABC C touch sides B BC C , C A and AB at D, E and F , respectively. Let Γ,Γ1 ,Γ2 and Γ3 denote the 5. Let the incircle incircle of triangle triangle AB circumcircles of triangle AB ABC C , AE AEF F , B DF and C DE respectively. Let Γ and Γ 1 intersect at A and P , Γ and Γ2 intersect at B and Q , and Γ and Γ3 intersect at C and R . (a) Prov Provee that the circles circles Γ 1 , Γ2 and Γ3 intersect in a common point. (b) Show that P D, QE and RF are concurrent. 40th Canadian Mathematical Olympiad Wednesday, March 26, 2008 1. ABCD is a convex quadrilateral for which AB is the longest side. Poin Points ts M and N are located on sides AB and BC respectively, so that each of the segments AN and C M divides the quadrilateral into two parts of equal area. Prove that the segment M N bisects the diagonal BD . 2. Dete Determine rmine all funct functions ions f defined on the set of rational numbers that take rational values for which f (2f (x) + f (y )) = 2x + y , for each x and y . 3. Let a, b, c be positive real numbers for which a + b + c = 1. Prove that a − bc b − ca c − ab 3 ≤ . + + a + bc b + ca c + ab 2 4. Dete Determine rmine al alll funct functions ions f defined on the natural numbers that take v values alues among the natural numbers for which mod f (p) (f (n))p ≡ n for all n ∈ N and all prime numbers p. 5. A self-avoiding rook walk on a chessboard (a rectangular grid of unit squares) is a path traced by a sequence of moves parallel to an edge of the board from one unit square to another, such that each begins where the previous move ended and such that no move ever crosses a square that has previously been crossed, i.e., the rook’s path is non-se non-self-in lf-interse tersecting cting.. Let R(m, n) be the number of self-avoiding rook walks on an m × n ( m rows, n columns) chessboard which begin at the lower-left corner and end at the upper-left corner. For example, R(m, 1) = 1 for all natural numbers m; R(2, 2) = 2; R(3, 2) = 4; R(3, 3) = 11. Fin Find d a for formu mula la for R(3, n) for each natural number n. 41st Canadian Mathematical Olympiad Wednesday, March 25, 2009 1. Given an m × n grid with squares coloured either black or white, we say that a black square in the grid is stranded if there is some square to its left in the same row that is white and there is some square above it in the same column that is white (see Figure 1.). Problem Figure Figure 1. A 4 × 5 grid with no stranded black squares Find a closed formula for the number of 2 × n grids with no stranded black squares. 2. Two circles of different radii are cut out of cardboard. Each circle is subdivided vid ed into 200 equa equall sect sectors. ors. On each circl circlee 100 sector sectorss are pain painted ted white and the othe otherr 100 are painted black. The smaller circle is then placed on top of the larger circle, so that Problem their cen their centers ters coin coincid cide. e. Sho Show w that one can rota rotate te the sma small ll circl circlee so that the sec sectors tors on the two circles line up and at least 100 sectors on the small circle lie over sectors of the same color on the big circle. Problem 3. Define (xy + yz + zx )(x + y + z ) . (x + y )(x + z )(y + z ) Determine the set of real numbers r for which there exists a triplet (x,y ,z ) of positive real num numbers bers satisf satisfying ying f (x,y ,z) = r . f (x,y ,z ) = a b 4. Find all ordered pairs (a, b) such that a and b are integers and 3 + 7 is a perfect square. Problem Problem 5. A set of points is marked on the plane, with the property that any three marked points can be cove marked covered red with a dis disk k of radi radius us 1. Pro Prove ve that the set of all marke marked d points can be covered with a disk of radius 1. nd 42 Canadian Mathematical Olympiad Wednesday, March 24, 2010 (1) For a positive integer n, an n-staircase is a figure consisting of unit squares, with one square in the first row, two squares in the second row, and so on, up to n squares in the nth row row,, such such that all the left-most left-most squares squares in each row are aligned vertically vertically.. For example, the 5-staircase is shown below. Let f (n) denote the minimum number of square tiles required to tile the n n-staircase, -staircase, where whe re the side side lengths lengths of the square square tiles tiles can be an any y positiv positivee in integ teger. er. For example, example, f (2) = 3 and f (4) = 7. n.. (a) Find all n such that f (n) = n (b) Find all n such that f (n) = n + 1. (2) Let A A,, B,P be three points points on a cir circle cle.. Prove Prove that that if a and b are the distances from P to the tangents at A and B and c is the distance from P to the chord AB AB,, then c 2 = ab ab.. (3) Three Three speed speed skate skaters rs have a friend friendly ly “rac “race” e” on a skati skating ng ov oval. al. They They all start from the same point and skate skate in the same direction, direction, but with different different speeds that they maintain throughout through out the race. The slowest slowest skater skater does 1 lap a minute, minute, the fastest one does 3. 3 .14 laps a minute, and the middle one does L laps a minute for some 1 < L < 3. 3 .14. The race ends at the moment when all three skaters again come together to the same point on the oval oval (which may differ from the starting starting point.) Find how many different different choices choices for L are there such that exactly 117 passings occur before the end of the race. (A passing is defined defined when when one skate skaterr passes passes another another one. The beginning beginning and the end of the race race when all three skaters are together are not counted as passings.) (4) Each vertex of a finite graph can be coloured either black or white. Initially all vertices are black. black. We are allowe allowed d to pick a ve verte rtex x P and change change the colour colour of P and all of its 1 neighbours. Is it possible to change the colour of every vertex from black to white by a sequence of operations of this type? (A finite graph consists of a finite set of vertices and a finite set of edges between vertices. If there is an edge between vertex A and vertex B, then B is called a neighbour of A.) (5) Let P (x) and Q( Q (x) be polynomials with integer coefficients. Let a = n n!! + n. Show that if P (a )/Q /Q((a ) is an integer for every n n,, then P (n)/Q /Q((n) is an integer for every integer n such that Q( Q (n) = 0. n n n 2 43rd Canadian Mathematical Olympiad Wednesday, March 23, 2011 (1) Consider 70-digit numbers n , with the property that each of the digits 1 , 2, 3, . . . , 7 appears in the decimal expansion of n ten times (and 8, 9, and 0 do not appear). Show that no number of this form can divide another number of this form. (2) Let ABCD be a cyclic quadrilateral whose opposite sides are not parallel, X the intersection of AB and C D, and Y the intersection of AD and BC . Let tth he AXD D intersect AD,BC at E, F respectively and let the angle angle bisector of ∠AX bisector of ∠AY B intersect AB,CD at G, H respective respectively ly.. Prov Provee that EGFH is a paralle parallelogram. logram. (3) Amy has divided a square up into finitely many white and red rectangles, each with wit h sid sides es parall parallel el to the sides of the squ square. are. Wit Within hin each whit whitee rect rectangl angle, e, she writes down its width divided by its height. Within each red rectangle, she writes down its height divided divided by its width. Finall Finally y, she calcula calculates tes x, the sum of these numbers. If the total area of the white rectangles equals the total area of the red rectangles, what is the smallest possible value of x? (4) Show that there exists a positive integer N such that for all integers a > N , there exists a contiguous substring of the decimal expansion of a that is divisible by 2011. (For instance, if a = 153204, then 15, 532, and 0 are all contiguous substrings of a. Note that 0 is divisible by 2011.) (5) Let d be a positive integer. Show that for every integer S , there exists an integer n > 0 and a sequence 1 , 2 , . . . , n , where for any k , k = 1 or k = − 1, such that S = 1 (1 + d)2 + 2 (1 + 2d)2 + 3 (1 + 3d)2 + · · · + n (1 + nd)2 . 1 44th CANADIAN MATHEMATICAL OLYMPIAD 44ème OLYMPIADE MATHÉMATIQUE DU CANADA 1. Let , and be positive real numbers. Show that 4 4. Soit , et trois nombres réels positifs. Démontrez que 4 4. 2. For aany ny positive positive integers and , let , , be the least common multiple of the consecutive integers , 1, …., 1. Show that for any integer , there exist integers and such that , 1 , . Soit ,, le plus petit commun multiple de la suite des k entiers consécutifs , 1 , … . , 1 , où et sont deux entiers positifs quelconques. Montrez que pour tout entier , il existe des nombres entiers et tels que , 1 , . 3. Let be a convex quadrilateral and let be the point of intersection of and . Suppose that . Prove that the internal angle bisectors of ,, ,, and meet at a common point. Soit un quadrilatère convexe et le point d’intersection des droites et . Supposons que . Démontrez que les bissectrices des angles internes de ,, ,, et se coupent en un point. 4. A number of robots are place placed d on the squares of a finite, rectangular grid of squa squares. res. A square can hold any number of robots. Every edge of the grid is i s classified as either passable or impassable impassable.. All edges on the boundary of the grid are impassable. You can give any of the commands up up,, down down,, left, or right. All of the robots then simultaneously try to move in the specified direction. If the edge adjacent to a robot in that direction is passable, the robot moves across the edge and into the next square. Otherwise, the robot remains on its current square. You can then give another command of up up,, down, left, or right, then another, for as long as you want. down, Suppose that for any individual robot, and any square on the grid, there is a finite sequence of commands that will move that robot to that square. Prove that you can also give a finite sequence of commands such that all of the robots end up on the same square at the t he same time. Un certain nombre de robots sont placés sur les carrés composant une grille rectangulaire de dimension finie. Chaque carré peut contenir un nombre quelconque de robots. Les bords des carrés de la grille sont classés comme franchissablee ou infranchissable franchissabl infranchissable.. Les côtés qui forment le pourtour de la grille sont infranchissables. Vous pouvez donner n’importe laquelle des commandes suivantes : en haut, en bas bas,, à gauche ou à droite droite.. Tous les robots tentent alors de se déplacer simultanément dans la direction précisée. Si le bord adjacent au carré vers lequel se déplace un robot est franchissable, le robot le franchit et se place dans le carré suivant. Sinon, le robot reste dans le carré où il se trouve. Vous pouvez ensuite lancer une autre commande de déplacement vers le haut, le bas, la gauche ou la droite l e désirez. droite,, et encore une autre, aussi longtemps que vous le Supposons que pour chaque robot, et ce, pour n’importe quel carré, il i l existe une suite finie de commandes qui amèneront robotfiniront au carrépar donné. Démontrez que vous pouvez lancer une suite finie de commandes de sorte que tous lescerobots se retrouver simultanément dans leaussi même carré. 44th CANADIAN MATHEMATICAL OLYMPIAD 44ème OLYMPIADE MATHÉMATIQUE DU CANADA 5. A bookshelf contains n volumes, volumes, labelled 1 to in some order. The librarian wishes to put them in the correct order as follows. The librarian selects a volume that is too far to the right, say the volume with label , takes it out, and inserts it so that it is in the -th place. For example, if the boo bookshelf kshelf contains the volumes 1, 3, 2, 4 in that order, the librarian could take out volume 2 and place it in the second position. The books will then be in the correct order 1, 2, 3, 4. (a) Show that if this process is repeated, then, however the librarian makes the selections, all the volumes will eventually be in the correct order. (b) What is the largest number of steps that this process can take? Une étagère contient n volumes étiquetés de 1 à , rangés dans un certain ordre. Le bibliothécaire souhaite les mettre dans le bon ordre de la façon suivante : il choisit un volume qui se trouve trop à droite, par exemple le volume étiqueté , le retire de son emplacement et l’insère à la –ième place. Par exemple, si les volumes sont rangés dans l’ordre 1, 3, 2, 4, le bibliothécaire peut prendre le volume 2 et le mettre à la deuxième place. Les livres sont alors rangés dans le bon ordre, soit 1, 2, 3, 4. a) Démontrez que si l’on répète ce processus, tous les volumes finiront par être dans le bon ordre, et ce, qu’elle que soit la manière dont le bibliothécaire les range. b) Quel est le plus grand nombre d’étapes que peut exiger un tel processus? 45th Canadian Mathematical Olympiad Wednesday, March 27, 2013 1. Determine all polynomials P (x) with real coefficients such that (x + 1)P (x − 1) − (x − 1)P (x) is a constant polynomial. 2. The sequence a1 , a2 , . . . , an consists of the numbers 1, 2, . . . , n in some order. For which positive integers n is it possible that the n +1 numbers 0, a1 , a1 + a2, a 1 + a2 + a3 , . . ., a1 + a2 + · · · + an all have different remainders when divided by n + 1? 3. Let G be the centroid of a right-angled triangle ABC with ∠BC A = 90 . Let P be the point on ray AG such that ∠C P A = ∠C AB , and let Q be the point on ray BG such that ∠C QB = ∠ABC . Prove that the circumcircles of triangles AQG and BP G meet at a point on side AB . ◦ 4. Let n be a positiv positivee integer. For any positive integ integer er j and positive real number r , define fj (r) and gj (r ) by fj (r) = min(jr, n) + min j ,n , r and gj (r) = min(jr , n) + min j ,n , r where x denotes the smallest integer greater than or equal to x. Prove that n n j =1 2 fj (r ) ≤ n + n ≤ gj (r ) j =1 for all positive real numbers r. 5. Let O denote the circumcentre of an acute-angled triangle ABC . Let point P on BOP P = ∠ABC , and let point Q on side AC be such that side AB be such that ∠BO = ∠AC ACB B . Prove that the reflection of BC in the line P Q is tangent to the circumcircle of triangle AP Q. ∠C OQ 46th Canadian Mathematical Olympiad Wednesday, April 2, 2014 1. Let a 1 , a2 , . . . , an be positive real numbers whose product is 1. Show that the sum a1 a2 a3 an + + +· · ·+ 1 + a1 (1 + a1 )(1 + a2 ) (1 + a1 )(1 + a2 )(1 + a3 ) (1 + a1 )(1 + a2 ) · · · (1 + an ) 2n − 1 is greater than or equal to . 2n 2. Let m and n be odd positive integers. Each square of an m by n board is coloured red or blue. A row is said to be redred-domi dominate nated d if ther theree are more red squares tha than n blue squares squares in the ro row. w. A column is said to be blu blue-do e-domin minated ated if there are more blue squares than red squares in the column. Determi Determine ne the maxim maximum um possible valu valuee of the number of red-dominated rows plus the number of blue-dominated columns. Express your answer in terms of m and n. 3. Let p be a fixed odd prime. A p-tuple (a1 , a2 , a3, . . . , ap ) of integers is said to be good if (i) 0 ≤ ai ≤p−1 for all i, and (ii) a1 + a2 + a3 + · · · + ap is not divisible by p, and (iii) a1 a2 + a2 a3 + a3 a4 + · · · + ap a1 is divisible by p. Determine the number of good p-tuples. 4. The quadrilateral ABCD is inscribed in a circle. The point P lies in the interior of ABCD , and ∠P AB = ∠P BC = ∠P C D = ∠P DA. The lines AD and BC meet at Q, and the lines AB and C D meet at R. Prove that the lines P Q and P R form the same angle as the diagonals of ABCD . 2.. A li list st ooff n integers is written in a row on a 5. Fix positive integers n and k ≥ 2 blackboard. You can choose a contiguous block of integers, and I will either add 1 to all of them or subtract 1 from all of them. You can repeat this step as often as you like, possibly adapting your selections based on what I do. Prove that after a finite number of steps, you can reach a state where at least n − k + 2 of the numbers on the blackboard are all simultaneously divisible by k . 2015 Canadian Mathematical Olympiad [version of January 28, 2015] Notation: If V and W are two points, then V W denotes the line segment Notation: with endpoints V and W as well as the length of this segment. N . . . be the set of positive 1. Let 1, 2, 3,on positive integ integers ers.. Find Find all1)funcfun 2 c< tions f = , defined N and taking values in N, such that (n 2 f (n)f (f (n)) < n + n for every positive integer n. { } − 2. Let ABC be an acute-angled triangle with altitudes AD, BE , and 2. Let ABC be an acute angled triangle with altitudes AD, BE , and CF . Let H be the orthocentre, that is, the point where the altitudes meet. Prove that · · · · · · AB AC + BC BA + CA CB AH AD + BH BE + CH C F ≤ 2. 3. On a (4n + 2) (4 n + 2) square square grid, a turtle turtle can move move between between squares squar es sharing a side. The turtle begins in a corner corner square of the grid and enters each square exactly once, ending in the square where she started. In terms of n , what is the largest positive integer k such that there must be a row or column that the turtle has entered at least k distinct times? × 4. Let ABC be an acute-angled triangle with circumcenter O. Let Γ be a circle with centre on the altitude from A in ABC , passing through vertex A and points P and Q on sides AB and AC . As Assu sume me tha thatt BP CQ = AP AQ. Prove Prove that Γ is tangent tangent to the cir circum cumcir circle cle of triangle BOC . · · a,, b, c 5. Let p be a prime number for which p−2 1 is also pr prime ime,, and let a be integers not divisible by p. Prove Prove that that there are at most 1 + 2p positive integers n such that n < p and p divides an + bn + cn . √ 1 Problems for 2016 CMO – as of Feb 12, 2016 1. The integers 1 , 2, 3, . . . , 2016 are written written on a board. board. You can choose any two numbers on the board and replace them with their average. For example, you can replace 1 and 2 with 1 .5, or you can replace 1 and 3 with a second copy of 2. After 2015 replacemen replacements ts of this kind, the board will have only one number left on it. (a) Prove Prove that there is a sequence of replacement replacementss that will make make the final number equal to 2. (b) Prove Prove that there is a sequence of replacement replacementss that will make make the final number equal to 1000. 2. Consid Consider er the followin followingg system system of 10 equati equations ons in 10 rea reall vari ariabl ables es v1 , . . . , v10: vi = 1 + 6 vi2 2 v12 + v22 + · · · + v10 (i = 1, . . . , 10). Find all 10-tuples (v1 , v2 , . . . , v10) that are solutions of this system. 3. Find all polynomials polynomials P (x) with integer coefficients such that P (P (n) + n) is a prime number for infinitely many integers n. 4. Lavaman Lavaman versu versuss the Flea. Let A, B , and F be positive integers, and assume A < B < 2A. A flea is at the num number ber 0 on the numbe numberr line. The flea can move by jumping to the right by A or by B . Befo Before re the flea starts jumping, Lavaman chooses finitely many intervals { m + 1, m + 2, . . . , m + A} consisting of A consecutive positive integers, and placess lava at all of the integers place integers in the interv intervals. als. The inter interv vals must be chosen so that: (i ) any two distinct intervals are disjoint and not adjacent; (ii ) there are at least F positive integers with no lava between any two intervals; and (iii ) no lava is placed at any integer less than F . 1 Prove that the smallest F for which the flea can jump over all the inter interv vals and av avoid oid all the lava, lava, regard regardles lesss of what what Lav Lavaman does, does, is F = (n − 1)A + B , wher wheree n is the positiv positivee in integ teger er such such tha thatt A n+1 ≤B−A < A . n 5. Let ABC be an acute-angled triangle with altitudes AD and BE meeting at H . Let M be the midpoint of segment AB , and suppose DEM M and ABH meet at points P and that the circumcircles of DE Q with P on the same side of CH as A. Pro Prove ve that that the lines lines ED , P H , and M Q all pass through a single point on the circumcircle of ABC . 2 CMO 2017 https://cms.math.ca/Competitions/CMO/ Problem Problem Set 2017 Canadian Mathematical Olympiad Official Problem Set 1. Let a a,, b, and c be non-negative real numbers, no two of which are equal. Prove that c2 b2 a2 > 2. 2. + + (b − c)2 (c − a)2 (a − b)2 2. Let f be a function from the set of positive integers to itself such that, for every n, the number of positive integer divisors of n is equal to f (f (n)). For example, example, f (f (6)) = 4 and f (f (25)) = 3. Prove that if p is prime then f (p p)) is also prime. 3. Let n be a positive integer, and define S = { 1, 2, . . . , n}. Consider a non-empty subset T of S . We say that T is balanced if the median of T is equal to the average of T . For example, for n = 9, each of the subsets {7}, {2, 5}, {2, 3, 4}, {5, 6, 8, 9}, and {1, 4, 5, 7, 8} is balanced; n n however, the subsets {2, 4, 5} and {1, 2, 3, 5} ar aree not balanced. balanced. For each n ≥ 1, prove that the number of balanced subsets of S is odd. (To define the median of a set of k numbers, first put the numbers in increasing order; then the median is the middle number if k is odd, and the average of the two middle numbers if k is even. For example, the median of {1, 3, 4, 8, 9} is 4, and the median of {1, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9} is (4 + 7)/ 7)/2 = 5.5.) n 4. Points Points P and Q lie inside parallelogram ABCD and are such that triangles AB P and B CQ are equilateral. equilateral. Prove Prove that the line through P perpendicular to DP and the line through Q perpendicular perpendi cular to DQ D Q meet on the altitude from B in triangle ABC . 5. One hundred hundred circles circles of radius one are positioned in the plane so that the area of any triangle triangle formed for med by the cent centres res of three of these circles circles is at most 2017. Prove Prove that there there is a lin linee intersecting at least three of these circles. c 2017 Canadian Mathematical Society Page 1/ 1 CMO 1996 SOLUTIONS QUESTION 1 Solution . If f (x) = x3 x 1 = (x − − α)(x − β )(x − γ ) has roots α α,β ,β , γ standard results about roots of − polynomials give α + β + γ = 0, αβ + αγ + βγ = Then S= −1, and αβγ = 11.. 1+α 1 +β 1 +γ + + = 1 α 1 β 1 γ (1 − − N − − α)(1 − β)(1 − γ) where the numerator simplifies to − (α + β + γ ) − (αβ + αγ + βγ β γ ) + 3 αβγ = 3 − (0) − (−1) + 3(1) N =3 = 7. The denominator is f (1) = 1 so the required sum is − 7. − QUESTION 2 Solution 1. 2 For any t, 0 than 1. 2 ≤ 4t < 1 + 4t2 , so 0 ≤ 1 +4t4t 2 < 1. Thus x, y and z must be non-negative and less Observe that if one of x y or z is 0, then x = y = z = 0. If two of the variables are equal, say x = y , then the first equation becomes 4x2 = x. 1 + 4 x2 1 1 which gives x = y = z = . 2 2 This has the solution x = 0, which gives x = y = z = 0 and x = Finally, assume Finally, assume that x, y and z are non-zero non-zero and distinc distinct. t. Without Without loss of generalit generality y we may assume that either 0 < x < y < z < 1 or 0 < x < z < y < 1. The two proofs are similar, so we do only the first case. We will need the fact that f (t) = 4t2 is increasing on the interval (0, 1). 1 + 4 t2 To prove this, if 0 < s < t < 1 then 2 2 f (t) − f (s) = 1 +4t4t − 1 +4s4s 4t − 4s = 2 2 2 2 (1 + 4s2 )(1 + 4t2 ) > 0. So 0 < x < y < z ⇒ f (x) = y < f (y) = z < f (z) = x, a contradiction. Hence x = y = z = 0 and x = y = z = 1 are the only real solutions. 2 Solution 2. Notice that x, y and z are non-negative. Adding the three equations gives x+y+z= 4y2 4x2 4z 2 + + . 1 + 4 z 2 1 + 4 x2 1 + 4 y 2 This can be rearranged to give x(2x − 1) 1 + 4 x2 2 + y (2y 2 − 1) 1 + 4y2 + z (2z − 1) 1 + 4z2 2 = 0. 1 Since each term is non-negative, each term must be 0, and hence each 1 variable is either 0 or 2 . The original equations then show that x = y = z = 0 and x = y = z = are the only two solutions. 2 2 Solution 3. Notice that x, y, and z are non-negative. Multiply both sides of the inequality y 1 + 4 y2 by (2y ≥0 2 − 1) , and rearrange to obtain y ≥ and hence that y z . Similarly Similarly,, z two solutions follow. − 4y 2 1 + 4 y2 ≥ x, and x ≥ y. ≥ 0, Hence, Hence, x = y = z and, as in Solution 1, the Solution 4. As for solution 1, note that x = y = z = 0 is a solution and any other solution will have each of x, y and z positive. √ 1 + 4x2 1 4x2 = 2x 2 1 4x2 2 = , with equality if and only if 1 = 4 – that is, = and hence x . Similarly, y z y x x 1 + 4 x2 2 1 1 with equality if and only if y = and z x with equality if and only if z = . Adding x y, y z 2 2 and z x gives x + y + x x + y + z . Thus equality must occur in each inequality, so x = y = z = 1 . 2 The arithmetic-geometric mean inequality (or direct computation) shows that ≥ ≥ ≥ · ≥ ≥ ≥ ≥ 3 QUESTION 3 ≥ Solution. Let a1 , a2 , . . . , an be a permutation of 1, 2, . . . , n with properties (i) and (ii). A crucial observ observation, needed needed in Case II (b) is the following: following: If a k and a k+1 are consecutive integers (i.e. ak+1 = a k 1), then the terms to the right of ak+1 (also to the left of ak ) are either all less than both a k and ak+1 or all greater than both ak and ak+1 . ± Since a1 = 1, by (ii) a2 is either 2 or 3. CASE I: Suppose a2 = 2. Then a3 , a4 , . . . , an is a permutation of 3, 4, . . . , n. Thus a2 , a3 , . . . , an is a permutation of 2, 3, . . . , n with a2 = 2 an and d pr prope opert rty y (i (ii). i). Clea Clearl rly y th ther eree are are f (n 1) such − permutations. CASE II: Suppose a2 = 3. 3. (a) Suppo Suppose se a3 = 2. Then a4 , a5 , . . . , an is a permutation of 4 , 5, . . . , n with a4 = 4 and property (ii). There are f (n 3) such permutations. − (b) (b) Suppo Suppose se a3 ≥ 4.4. If ak+1 is the first even number in the permutation then, because of (ii), a1 , a2 , . . . , ak must be 1, 3, 5, . . . , 2k 1 (in that order). Then ak+1 is either 2k or 2k 2, so − − ak that and aakk+1 are consecutive integers. Applying the crucial observation made above, we that deduce +2 , . . . , an are all either greater than or smaller than a k and a k+1 . But 2 must be to the right of ak+1 . Henc Hencee ak+2 , . . . , an are the even integers less than ak+1 . The The only only possibility then, is 1, 3, 5, . . . , ak 1 − , ak , . . . , 6, 4, 2. Cases I and II show that f (n) = f (n − 1) + f (n − 3) + 1, n ≥ 4. ∗ ( ) Calculating the first few values of f (n) directly gives f (1) = 1, f (2) = 1, f (3) = 2, f (4) = 4, f (5) = 6. Calculating a few more f (n)’s using (*) and mod 3 arithmetic, f (1) = 1, f (2) = 1, f (3) = 2, f (4) = 1, f (5) = 0, f (6) = 0, f (7) = 2, f (8) = 0, f (9) = 1, f (10) = 1, f (11 (11)) = 2. Si Sinc ncee f (1) = f (9), f (2) = f (10) and f (3) = f (11) mod 3, (*) shows that f (a) = f (a mod 8) , mod 3, a 1. ≥ Hence f (1996) ≡ f (4) ≡ 1 (mod 3) so 3 does not divid dividee f (1996). 4 QUESTION 4 Solution 1. Let BE = B BD D with E on B C , so that AD = E C : A D 4x 2x x x 4x 2x B C E By a standard theorem, CE D and CAB AB AD = ; CB DC so in we have have a common angle and CE = AD = AB = CA . CD CD CB CB Thus CE D Hence ∠BDE = Thus ∠A = 180 ◦ ∼ CAB , so that ∠ C DE = ∠ DC E = ∠ ABC = 2x . ∠ BE BED D = 4x , whence 9x = 180 so x = 20 . 4x = 100 . − ◦ ◦ ◦ Solution 2. Apply the law of sines to ABD and BDC to get sin x AD = BD sin4x and 1+ sin3x AD BC = = . BD BD sin2x Now massage the resulting trigonometric equation with standard identities to get sin2x (sin4x + sin x) = sin sin 2x (sin5x + sin x) . Since 0 < 2 x < 90 , we get ◦ 5x − 90 ◦ = 90 ◦ − 4x , so that ∠A = 100 . ◦ 5 QUESTION 5 Solution. Let m [r n] f (n) = n − k k=1 m m =n r − [r n] {r n − [r n]}. = k k k=1 k=1 m k k k=1 Now 0 ≤ x − [x] < 1, and if c is an integer, (c + x) − [c + x] = x − [x]. m 1 = m. Because f (n) is an integer, 0 ≤ f (n) ≤ m − 1. Hence 0 ≤ f (n) < k=1 To show that f (n) can achieve these bounds for n > 0, we assume that rk = integers; ak < bk . Then, if n = b 1 b2 . . . bm , (rk n) [rk n] = 0 , k = 1, 2, . . . , m and thus f (n) = 0. Letting n = b 1 b2 . . . bn 1, then − − − 1) = r {(b b . . . b − b ) + b − 1)} = integer + r (b − 1). rk n = r k (b1 b2 . . . bm k m 1 2 k k This gives rk n k k − [r n] = r (b − 1) − [r (b − 1)] a a = (b − 1) − (b − 1) b b k k k k k k k k k k k = ak k a f (n) = k k k − b − (a − 1) k k − ab k =1 k Hence k k = ak =1 − ab − a − ab m k=1 (1 −r . k − r ) = m − 1. 6 1997 k ak where ak , bk are bk SOLUTIONS Problem 1 – Deepee Khosla, Lisgar Collegiate Institute, Ottawa, ON Let p 1 , . . . , p12 denote, in increasing order, the primes from 7 to 47. Then 0 5! = 23 · 31 · 51 · p01 · p02 . . . p12 and b 50! = 2a · 3a · 5a · pb1 · p2b . . . p12 . 1 2 1 3 2 12 Note that 24 , 32 , 52 , p1 , . . . , p12 all divide 50!, so all its prime powers differ from those of 5! Since x, y|50!, they are of the form n x = 2n · 3n · . . . p12 1 m1 y = 2 15 2 m2 ·3 m15 · ...p 12 . Then max(n max(ni , mi ) is the ith prime power in 50! and min(n min(ni , mi ) is the i th prime power in 5! Since, by the above note, the prime powers for p12 and under under differ differ in 5! and 50!, there there are 215 choices for x, only half of which will be less than y . (Si (Since nce for each each choice choice of x, y is forced and 15 14 either x < y or y < x.) So the number of pairs is 2 /2 = 2 . Problem 2 – Byung Kuy Chun, Harry Ainlay Composite High School, Edmonton, AB Look at the first point of each each given given unit in inter terv val. This This point point unique uniquely ly defines defines the given given unit interval. Lemma. In any interval [x, [ x, x + 1) there must be at least one of these first points (0 ≤ x ≤ 49). Proof. Suppose Proof. Suppose the opposit opposite. e. The last last first point point before x must be x − ε for some ε > 0. 0. Th Thee corresponding unit interval ends at x − ε + 1 < x + 1. Howev However, er, the next given given unit interv interval al cannot begin until at least x + 1. This implies that points (x ( x − ε + 1, 1, x + 1) are not in set A, a contradiction. ∴ There must be a first point in [x, [x, x + 1). Note that for two first points in intervals [x, [ x, x +1) and [x [x + 2, x +3) respectively, the corresponding unit intervals are disjoint since the intervals are in the range [x, [ x, x +2) and [x [x + 2, x +4) respectively. ∴ We can choose a given unit interval that begins in each of [0, [0, 1)[2 1)[2,, 3) . . . [2k, [2k, 2k + 1) . . . [48 [48,, 49) 49).. Since there are 25 of these intervals, we can find 25 points which correspond to 25 disjoint unit intervals. Problem 2 – Colin Percival, Burnaby Central Secondary School, Burnaby, BC I prove the more general result, that if [0, [0, 2n] = that A ai Ai , |Ai | = 1, Ai are intervals then ∃a1 . . . an , such i Aaj = ∅ . Let 0 < ε ≤ 2 and let bi = (i − 1)(2 + ε), i = 1 . . . n. n. Then n−1 2 ( n − 1) 2 + min{bi } = 0, max{bi } = (n − 1)(2 + ε) ≤ (n n−1 = (n − 1) 2n n−1 = 2n. So all the b i are in [0, [0, 2n]. Let a i be such that b i ∈ Aai . Since Ai = [0, [0, 2n], this is possible. j )(2 + ε) ε) ≥ 2 + ε > 2, and the Ai are intervals of length 1, min Aai − Then since (b (bi − bj ) = (i − j)(2 max Aaj > 2 − 1 − 1 = 0, so A ai Aaj = ∅ . Substituting n = 25, we get the required result. Q.E.D. 2 Problem 3 – Mihaela Enachescu, Enachescu, Dawson College, Montr´ Montré eal, al, PQ Let P = ... 1 3 1997 1 1 3 3 · · ... · . Then > because 2 < 3, > because 4 < 5, 5 , . . ., ., 2 4 1998 2 3 4 5 1997 1997 > because 1998 < 1999 . 1998 1999 So P > 1 3 1997 1 · · ... · = . 3 5 1999 1999 Also 1 2 3 4 < because 1 · 3 < 2 · 2, < because 3 · 5 < 4 · 4, . . . 2 3 4 5 (1) 1997 1998 < because 1997 · 1999 = 19982 − 1 < 19982 . 1998 1999 2 4 1998 So P < · · . . . · = 3 5 1999 2 4 6 1998 · · · ... · 1 3 5 1997 1 P 1 . 1999 1 1 1 1 < = 2 and P < . 1999 1936 44 44 Hence P 2 < Then (1) and (2) give 1 <P < 1 (2) (q.e.d.) 44 1999 Problem 4 – Joel Kamnitzer, Earl Haig Secondary School, North York, ON O’ A B O D C Consider a translation which maps D to A. It wil willl map map 0 → 0 with OO = DA DA,, and C will be mapped to B because CB = DA DA.. ◦ This translation keeps angles invariant, so ∠AO B = ∠DOC = 180 − ∠AOB AOB.. ∴ AOBO is a cyclic quadrilateral. ∴ ∠ODC = ∠O AB = ∠O OB but, since O O is parallel to B C , ∠O OB = ∴ ∠ODC = ∠OBC ∠OBC. 3 Problem 4 – Adrian Chan, Upper Canada College, Toronto, ON A B θ 180−α α Ο 180−θ D C ◦ ◦ Let ∠AOB = θ and ∠BOC BO C = α. α . Then ∠COD CO D = 180 − θ and ∠AOD = 180 − α. ◦ Since AB = CD (parallelogram) and sin θ = sin(180 − θ), θ ), the sine law on OC OCD D and OAB gives sin ∠CD CDO O sin(180 − θ) sin θ sin ∠ABO = = = OC CD AB OA so OA sin ∠ABO = . (1) OC sin ∠CD CDO O ◦ Similarily, the sine law on OB OBC C and OAD gives sin ∠CB O OC so = sin α ◦ = sin(180 − α) = BC AD OA sin ∠ADO = . OC sin ∠CB O sin ∠ADO OA (2) Equations (1) and (2) show that sin ∠ABO · sin ∠CB O = sin ∠ADO · sin ∠CD CDO O hence 1 1 [cos(∠ABO + ∠CB O) − cos(∠ABO − ∠CB O)] = [cos(∠ADO + ∠CD CDO O) − cos(∠ADO − ∠C DO DO)] )].. 2 2 Since ∠ADC = ∠ABC (parallelogram) and ∠ADO + ∠CD CDO O = ∠ADC and ∠ABC it follows that cos(∠ABO − ∠CB O ) = cos(∠ADO − ∠CD CDO O). ∠ABO + ∠C BO = There are two cases to consider. ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ Case (i): ABO − CB O = ADO − CD CDO O. Since ∠ABO + ∠ CB O = ∠ADO + ∠CD CDO O, subtracting gives 2 ∠CB O = 2 ∠CDO CD O ∠CDO, and we we are done. Case (ii): ∠ABO so ∠C BO = ∠CD CDO O so − ∠CB O = ∠CDO CD O − ∠ADO ADO.. Since we know that ∠ABO + ∠ C BO = ∠ABO = ∠CD CDO O and ∠CB O = ∠ADO ADO.. ∠CD CDO O + ∠ ADO ADO,, adding gives 2 ∠ABO =2 Substituting this into (1), it follows that OA O A = OC . Also, ∠ADO + ∠ABO = ∠CB O + ∠ABO = ∠ABC . ◦ Now, ∠ABC = 180 − ∠BAD since ABCD is a parallelogram. ◦ ◦ Hence ∠BAD + ∠ADO + ∠ABO = 180 so ∠DOB = 180 and D,O ,B are collinear. We now have the diagram 4 A B θ O 180−θ D ∠ ∠ ◦ C ∠ ∠ Then CO COD D + BOC = 180 , so BO BOC C = θ = AOB AOB.. AOB is congruent to C OB (SAS, OB is common, ∠AOB = ∠CO COB B and AO = C O), so ∠ABO = ∠CB O . Since also ∠ABO = ∠C DO we conclude that ∠CB O = ∠CD CDO O. Since it is true in both cases, then ∠CB O = ∠CDO CD O. Q.E.D. 5 Problem 5 – Sabin Cautis, Earl Haig Secondary School, North York, ON We first note that k 3 + 9k 9k2 + 26k 26k + 24 = (k (k + 2)(k 2)(k + 3)(k 3)(k + 4). 4) . (−1)k n Let S (n) = Then n k k2 + 9k 9k2 + 26k 26k + 24 k=0 . n S (n) = (−1)k n! k!(n !(n − k )!(k )!(k + 2)(k 2)(k + 3)(k 3)(k + 4) k=0 n = k=0 (−1)k (n + 4)! (k + 4)!(n 4)!(n − k)! × k+1 . (n + 1)(n 1)(n + 2)(n 2)(n + 3)(n 3)(n + 4) Let n n+4 (−1)k T (n) = (n + 1)(n 1)(n + 2)(n 2)(n + 3)(n 3)(n + 4)S 4)S (n) = k+4 k=0 Now, for n ≥ 1, n (−1)i i=0 n i (k + 1) . (∗) =0 since (1 − 1)n = n 0 n 1 − n 2 + + . . . + (−1)n n n = 0. Also n (−1) i=0 i n i n i = (−1)i i · n! 0 · n! + (−1)0 · i! · (n − i)! 0! · n! (−1)i n! (i − 1)!( 1)!(n n − i)! i=1 n = i=1 n = (−1)i n i=1 n (−1)i = n i=1 n = −n (−1) i=1 6 Substituting j = i − 1, (*) shows that n−1 i−1 n−1 i−1 i−1 n−1 i−1 . n (−1)i i=0 n i n−1 i = −n (−1)j j =0 n−1 j = 0. (∗∗) Hence n T (n) = n+4 k+4 (−1)k k=0 n = n+4 k+4 (−1)k+4 k=0 n = (−1)k+4 k=−4 Substituting j = k + 4, 4, n+4 = (−1) n+4 j j =0 (−1) (k + 1) n+4 k+4 n+4 j (k + 1) − −3 + 2(n 2(n + 4) − n+4 j j − 3 j =0 (−1) n+4 j The first two terms are zero because of results (*) and (**) so T (n) = n2 + 3n 3n + 2 . 2 Then S (n) = = = = (−1)k n ∴ k=0 3 2 n k k + 9k 9k + 26k 26k + 24 = n+4 2 (n + 4)(n 4)(n + 3) (j − 3) − 2n + 8 − 3 − 2 n+4 j j j =0 = (k + 1) T (n) (n + 1)(n 1)(n + 2)(n 2)(n + 3)(n 3)(n + 4) n2 + 3n 3n + 2 2(n 2(n + 1)(n 1)(n + 2)(n 2)(n + 3)(n 3)(n + 4) (n + 1)(n 1)(n + 2) 2(n 2(n + 1)(n 1)(n + 2)(n 2)(n + 3)(n 3)(n + 4) 1 . 2(n 2(n + 3)(n 3)(n + 4) 1 2(n 2(n + 3)(n 3)(n + 4) 7 1998 1 . 2 7n − 12) (4n + 10 − n − 7n − 2 (4n SOLUTIONS The solutions to the problems of the 1998 CMO presented below are taken from students papers. Some minor editing has been done - unnecesary steps have been eliminated and some wording has been changed to make the proofs clearer. But for the most part, the proofs are as submitted. Solution to Problem 1 – David Arthur, Upper Canada College, Toronto, ON Let a = 30k + r, where k is an integer and r is a real number between 0 and 29 inclusive. − − − − − − − − − 1 1 1 1 r r r Then a = (30k + r) = 15k + . Similarly a = 10k + and a = 6k + . 2 2 2 3 3 5 5 Now, 1 1 1 r a + a + a = a , so 15k + 2 3 5 2 hence k = r r r r 2 3 5 r + 6k + 3 r 5 = 30k + r and . Clearly, r has to be an integer, or r equal k . + 10k + r 2 r r will not be an integer, and therefore, cannot 3 5 On the other hand, if r is an integer, then r exactly one solution for k. r r r 2 3 5 will also be an integer, giving ≤ ≤ For each r (0 r 29), a = 30k + r will have a different remainder mod 30, so no two different values of r give the same result for a. Since there are 30 possible values for r(0, 1, 2, . . . , 29), there are then 30 solutions for a . 1 Solution to Problem 2 – Jimmy Chui, Earl Haig S.S., North York, ON − 1 Since x 1/2 ≥ 0 and x 1 Note that x = 0. Else, − 1 1 1/2 ≥ 0, then 0 x ≤ − − 1/2 1 x 1 + 1 x 1/2 =x . x would not be defined so x > 0. x Squaring both sides gives, 1 2 1 1 1 − − − − − − − x = x2 = x+1 x x + 1 2 x x +2 x +2 1 1 x x + 1 x 1 x2 x . Multiplying both sides by x and rearranging, we get 2 x3 3 (x −x −x+2 − x − x + 1) − 2 x − x − x + 1 + 1 ( x − x − x + 1 − 1) 2 3 2 = 0 −x −x+1 x −x −x+1 x(x − x − 1) x −x−1 = 1 x 2 3 2 2 √5 ± Thus x = 2 √ 1+ 5 Let α = 2 2 −x −x+1 2 3 1 = 0 2 2 3 = 2 x3 = 1 = 0 = 0 since x = 0 . . We must must chec check k to see see if these these are are indeed indeed solutions solutions.. , β= 1 − √5 . No Note te that that α + β = 1, 2 αβ = −1 and α > 0 > β. Since β < 0 , β is not a solution. Now, if x = α , then − − α 1 α 1/2 + 1 1 α 1/2 = (α + β )1/2 + (1 + β )1/2 (since αβ = 11/2 + (β 2 )1/2 (since α + β = 1 and β 2 = β + 1) = 1 −β − −1) (since β < 0) = α (since α + β = 1). So x = α is the unique solution to the equation. 2 Solution 1 to Problem 3 – Chen He, Columbia International Collegiate, Hamilton, ON 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + ... + = + + + +... 3 2n 1 2 2 3 5 2n 1 1+ − (1) − Since 1 1 1 1 1 1 > , > , ... , > , 3 4 5 6 2n 1 2n − (1) gives 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1+ +...+ = + > + + + +...+ 3 2n 1 2 2 4 6 2n 2 − 1 1 1 1 + + + ... + . 2 4 6 2n (2) Since 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 > , > , > , ... , > 2 4 2 6 2 8 2 2n then n 2 so 1 = 2 + 1 2 + 1 +...+ > 2n 1 1 > 2 n 1 2 1 2 + 1 4 + 1 + ...+ 6 1 2n 1 1 1 1 + + + ... + . 2 4 6 2n (3) Then (1), (2) and (3) show 1 1 1+ + ... + 3 2n 1 − > = = 1 1 1 1 1 + + + ...+ + 4 6 2n n 2 1 1 1 1 1+ + + ... + n 2 4 2n n+1 1 1 1 + + ... + . n 2 4 2n 1 1 1 Therefore 1+ + ... + 3 2n 1 n+1 − > 1 n 1 1 1 + +...+ 2 4 2n 1 1 1 1 + + +...+ 2 4 6 2n for all n ∈ N and n ≥ 2. 3 Solution 2 to Problem 3 – Yin Lei, Vincent Massey S.S., Windsor, ON Since n ≥ 2, n(n + 1) ≥ 0. Therefore the given inequality is equivalent to 1 1 n 1+ + ...+ 3 2n 1 − ≥ 1 1 1 (n + 1) + +...+ . 2 4 2n We shall use mathematical induction to prove this. 1 1 For n = 2, obviously 3 1 + 3 4 1 = 9>2 1 1 2+ 4 3 = 8. Suppose that the inequality stands for n = k , i.e. 1 1 k 1+ +...+ 3 2k 1 − 1 1 1 + +...+ . > ( k + 1) 2 4 2k (1) Now we have to prove it for n = k + 1. We know − − −− − 1 1 1+ + ...+ 3 2k 1 1 1 1 + + ... + 2 4 2k 1 + 1 1 + 1 1 + ... + 1 2 3 4 5 6 2k 1 1 1 1 1 = + + + ...+ . 1 2 3 4 5 6 (2k 1)(2k ) = 1 × × × − − 21k − Since 1 × 2 < 3 × 4 < 5 × 6 < . . . < (2k − 1)(2k) < (2k + 1)(2k + 2) then 1 1 2 × hence 1+ + 1 3 4 + ...+ 1 k > 1)(2k ) (2k + 1)(2k + 2) (2k × − 1 1 1 1 1 k + ... + > + + ... + + . 3 2k 1 2 4 2k (2k + 1)(2k + 2) (2) − Also k+1 2k + 1 − k+2 2k2 + 2k + 2k + 2 2k 2 4k = 2k + 2 (2k + 1)(2k + 2) − − −k−2 =− k (2k + 1)(2k + 2) therefore k+1 k+2 = 2k + 1 2k + 2 k − (2k + 1)(2 . k + 2) 4 Adding 1, 2 and 3: (3) − − 1 1 1 1 k+1 k 1+ + ...+ + 1+ +...+ + 3 2k 1 3 2k 1 2k + 1 > ( k + 1) 1 1 1 + + ... + 2 4 2k + 1 1 1 + + ... + 2 4 2k + k (2k + 1)(2k + 2) + k+2 2k + 2 k − (2k + 1)(2 k + 2) Rearrange both sides to get (k + 1) 1 + 13 + . . . + 2k 1+ 1 > ( k + 2) 12 + 14 + . . . + 2k 1+ 2 . Proving the induction. 5 Solution 1 to Problem 4 – Keon Choi, A.Y. Jackson S.S., North York, ON Suppose H is the foot of the perpendicular line from A to B C ; construct equilateral ABG, with C on BG . I will pro prove ve that that if F is the point where AH meets BD , then F CB = 70◦ . (Be (Becau cause se that means AH , and the given lines B D and C E meet at one point and that proves the question.) Suppose B D extended meets AG at I . A E I D F B C H G 200◦ . Also IF G = F BG + F GB = Now B BF F = GF and F BG = F GB = 40◦ so that IGF = 2 80◦ , so that F IG = 180◦ = 180◦ ◦ − IF G − − 80 − 20 ◦ I GF ◦ = 80 . Therefore GIF is an isoceles triangle, so GI = GF = B BF. F. But BGI and ABC are congruent, since BG = AB AB,, (1) GBI = BAC, BGI = ABC . Therefore GI = B BC. C. (2) From (1) and (2) we get BC = B BF. F. So in BC F , BC F = 180◦ − F BC 2 = 180◦ ◦ − 40 2 = 70◦ . Thus F CB = 70◦ and that proves that the given lines C E and BD and the perpendicular line AH meet at one point. 6 Solution 2 to Problem 4 – Adrian Birka, Lakeshore Catholic H.S., Port Colborne, ON First we prove the following lemma: In ABC, AA , BB , CC intersect if-f sin α1 sin β1 sin γ1 = 1, sin α2 sin β2 sin γ2 · · where α1 , α2 , β1 , β2 , γ1 , γ2 are as shown in the diagram just below. (Editor: This is a known variant of Ceva’s Theorem.) B c1 β1 β2 a2 A’ C’ D c2 a1 α2 α1 A b1 γ2 b2 B’ Proof: Let BB C = x , then BB A = 180◦ γ1 C − x. Using the sine law in BB C yields b2 a = . sin β2 sin x Similarly using the sine law in (1) BB A yields b1 c = sin β1 sin(180◦ − x) = c sin x . (2) Hence, b1 : b 2 = c sin β1 a sin β2 (3) (from (1),(2)). (Editor: Do you recognize this when β1 = β 2 ?) Similarly, a1 : a 2 = b sin α1 , c sin α2 a sin γ1 . b sin γ2 c1 : c 2 = (4) By Ceva’s Ceva’s theore theorem, m, the necess necessary ary and sufficie sufficient nt conditi condition on for AA , BB , CC to intersect is: (a1 : a 2 ) (b1 : b 2 ) (c1 : c 2 ) = 1. Using Using (3), (4) on this yields: yields: · · b sin α1 c sin α2 · γ c sin β · ab · sin · · sin γ a sin β 1 1 2 2 7 so =1 sin α1 sin β1 sin γ1 = 1. sin α2 sin β2 sin γ2 · · (5) This is just what we needed to show, therefore the lemma is proved. Now, in our original question, give BAC = 40◦ , Since CB D = 40◦ , ABD = ABC DBC ABC = 6600◦ . It follows that ACB = 80◦ . = 20◦ . Similarly, EC A = 20◦ . − B K E F A C D Now let us show that F AD = 10◦ . Suppose otherwise. Let F be such that F, F , F are in the same side of AC and DAF = 10◦ . Then BAF = BAC DAF = 30◦ . − Thus sin ABD sin BC E sin C AF sin DBC sin EC A sin F AB · · sin 10◦ sin 70◦ sin sin20◦ sin sin 30◦ sin40◦ sin10◦ sin ◦ cos20◦ sin20 = 2sin20◦ cos20◦ sin30◦ 1 = = 1. 2sin30◦ = · · · By the lemma above, AF passes through C E BD = F . Therefore AF = AF , and F AD = 10◦ , contrary con trary to assumpti assumption. on. Thus Thus F AD must be 10◦ . Now let let AF BC = K . Si Sinc ncee KAC = 10◦ , KC A = 80◦ , it follows that AKC = 90◦ . Therefore AK BC AF BC as needed. ∩ ⊥ 8 ∩ ⇒ ⊥ Solution to Problem 5 Adrian Chan, Upper Canada College, Toronto, ON Let us first prove by induction that a2n + a2n+1 = m 2 for all n an an+1 + 1 · ≥ 0. Proof: Base Case (n = 0) : a20 + a21 0 + m2 = m2 . = 0+1 a0 a1 + 1 · Now, let us assume that it is true for n = k, k, k ≥ 0. Then, a2k + a2k+1 ak · ak +1 +1 2 ak + a2k+1 a2k+1 + m4 a2k+1 2 − 2m · ak · ak 2 2 +1 ak+1 + ( m ak+1 + a2k − ak ) 2 2 2 ak+1 + ak+2 So a2k+1 + a2k+2 · ak+1 ak+2 + 1 = m2 = m2 ak ak+1 + m2 = m2 + m4 a2k+1 m2 ak ak+1 · · 2 = m 2 = m − · · + m ak (m ak − ak ) + m · ak · ak . 2 2 +1 +1 2 +1 +2 = m 2, proving the induction. Hence (an , an+1 ) is a solution to Now, consider the equation Then a2 + b 2 = m 2 for all n ab + 1 ≥ 0. a2 + b2 = m 2 and suppose (a, b) = (x, y) is a solution with 0 ab + 1 ≤ x ≤ y. x2 + y 2 = m2. xy + 1 (1) If x = 0 then it is easily seen that y = m , so (x, y) = (a0 , a1 ). Since Since we are given given x now that x > 0. Let us show that y ≥ 0, suppose 2 ≤ m x. Proof by contradiction: Assume that y > m2 x. Then y = m 2 x + k where k ≥ 1. Substituting into (1) we get x2 + (m2 x + k)2 (x)(m2 x + k ) + 1 = m2 x2 + m4 x2 + 2m2 xk + k2 (x2 + k2 ) + m2 (kx = m4 x2 + m2 kx + m2 − 1) = 0. − 1) ≥ 0 since kx ≥ 1 and x + k ≥ x + 1 ≥ 1 so (x Thus we have a contradiction, so y ≤ m x if x > 0. 2 Now, m2 (kx 2 2 2 9 2 2 2 + k 2 ) + m2 (kx − 1) = 0. Now substitute y m x x1 , where 0 ≤x 1 < m x, into (1). We have x2 + (m2 x x1 )2 x(m2 x x1 ) + 1 − 2 4 2 x +m x − − 2m x · x 2 1 = m2 x2 + x21 2 2 1 x +x · 2 + x21 = m4 x2 = −m x·x m (x · x + 1) 2 1 + m2 1 = m2 . (2) 1 x x +1 If x1 = 0, then x2 = m 2 . Hence x = m and (x1 , x) = (0, m) = (a0 , a1 ). But y = m 2 x (x, y) = (a1 , a2 ). Thus suppose x1 > 0. −x 1 = a 2 , so Let us now show that x1 < x. Proof by contradiction: Assume x 1 Then m2 x −y ≥x since y = m 2 x (x, y) is a solut solution ion to to 3 2 2 ≥ x. − x , and 1 x2 + y 2 xy + 1 x − y ≥ x since a2 + b2 = m2. ab + 1 ≥ 2 3 2 ≥ ≥ − x y + x + y which is a contradiction since y x > 0. x y + xy + x + y , hence x So x + xy 2 With the same proof that y m x, we have x m2 x1 . So the subst substitut itution ion x = m2 x1 x2 with x2 0 is valid. ≤ ≥ 2 Substituting x = m x1 − ≤ x21 + x22 = m2 . x2 into (2) gives x1 x2 + 1 · 2 − If x2 = 0, then we continue with the substitution xi = m x +1 xi+2 (*) until we get i and xj +1 = 0. (The sequence xi is decreasing, nonnegative and integer.) x2j + x2j +1 · xj xj +1 + 1 So, if xj +1 = 0, then x2j = m 2 so xj = m and (xj +1 , xj ) = (0, m) = (a0 , a1 ). Then (xj , xj −1 ) = (a1 , a2 ) sinc sincee xj −1 = m 2 xj xj +1 (from (*)). − Continuing, we have (x1 , x) = (an−1 , an ) for for some some n. Then (x, y) = (an , an+1 ). 2 2 a +b = m 2 has solutions (a, b) if and only if (a, b) = (an , an+1 ) for some n. Hence ab + 1 10 = m2 GRADERS REPORT REPORT Each question was worth a maximum of 7 marks. Every solution on every paper was graded by two different markers. If the two marks differed by more than one point, the solution was reconsidered un until til the differe difference nce resolv resolved. ed. If the tw twoo marks marks differed differed by one point, point, the averag averagee wa wass use used d in computing the total score. The various grades assigned each solution are displayed below, as a percentage. MARKS #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7.6 14.1 10.9 6.5 3.3 6.0 16.3 35.3 9.8 27 27.7 16.8 16.3 2.2 14.1 6.0 7.1 40 40.2 7.1 16.8 3.8 1.6 4.3 7.1 19.0 31 31.0 27 27.7 21.7 1.6 2.2 3.8 2.2 9.8 73 73.9 9.2 12.0 1.1 0.5 0.0 1.1 2.2 PROBLEM 1 This question question was well done. 47 studen students ts received received 6 or 7 and only 6 students students receive received d no marks. marks. Many students came up with a proof similar to David Arthur’s proof. Another common approach was to find bounds for a (either 0 a < 60 or 0 a < 90) and to then check which of these a satisfy satisf y the equation. equation. ≤ ≤ PROBLEM 2 Although most students Although students attempted this problem, there were were only 6 perfect perfect solutions. A further 6 solutions earned a mark of 6/7 and 13 solutions earned a mark of 5/7. The most common approach was to square both sides of the equation, rearrange the terms to isolate the radical, and to then square both sides again. This resulted in the polynomial x6 2x5 x4 + 2x3 + x 2 = 0. Many Many student studentss we were re unable unable to factor factor this polynomi polynomial, al, and so earned earned only 2 or 3 points. − √ − −√ −√ 1+ 5 1 5 The polynomial has three distinct roots: 0, , and . Most stud students ents recognized recognized that 2 2 1 5 0 is extraneous extraneous.. One point was deducted deducted for not finding that is extra extraneous neous,, aand nd a ffurthe urtherr 2 1+ 5 point was deducted for not checking that is a solution. solution. (It’s not not obvious obvious that the the equation equation 2 has any solution solutions.) s.) Failing ailing to ch chec eck k for extrane extraneous ous roots is consid considere ered d to be a major erro error. r. The graders should, perhaps, have deducted more points for this mistake. √ The solution included here avoids the 6th degree polynomial, thus avoiding the difficult factoring. 11 However, the solutions must still be checked. PROBLEM 3 There were 17 perfect solutions and eleven more contestants earned either 5 or 6 points. 1 1 1 The most elegant elegant solution solution uses two two simple observ observations: ations: that 1 = + and that is greater than 2 2 2 1 1 1 the average of 2 , 4 , . . . , 2n . A telescope argument also works, adding the first and last terms from each side, and so on. The key to a successful proof by induction is to be careful with algebra and to avoid avoid the temptation temptation to use inequalities. inequalities. For example, many students students used the induction hypothesis to deduce that 1 n+2 then used 1 1 1+ +...+ 3 2n + 1 n+1 1 1 1+ + ... + > (n + 2)n 2 2n + 1 (n + 2)(2n + 1) n+1 1 , which is too sloppy for a successful induction proof. > (n + 2)n n+1 PROBLEM 4 Many contes Many contestan tants ts attempt attempted ed this this questi question, on, though though few got beyond beyond labelin labelingg the most most appare apparent nt angles.. Nine students angles students successfully successfully completed completed the problem, problem, while another six made a significan significantt attempt. Most of these efforts employed trigonometry or coordinates to set up a trigonometric equation for an unknown unknown angle. This This yields yields to an assault assault by identiti identities. es. Adrian Adrian Birka Birka produce produced d a ve very ry clean solution of this nature. Only Keon Choi managed to complete complete a (very (very pretty) synthetic synthetic solution. solution. One other contestan contestantt made significant progress with the same idea. PROBLEM 5 { } Many students were successful in finding the expression for the terms of the sequence an by a variet ariety y of methods methods:: produci producing ng an explici explicitt formu formula, la, by means of a genera generating ting function function and as a sum of binomial coefficients involving parameter m. Unfor Unfortunate tunately ly this does not help solving the problem. Nevertheless seventeen contestants were able to prove by induction that the terms of the sequence satisfy the required relation. To prove the ”only if” part one should employ the method of descent which technically is the same calcul cal culatio ation n as in the direct direct part part of the problem problem.. Thr Three ee students students succee succeeded ded in this, this, but only two obtained a complete solution by showing that the sequence constructed by descent is decreasing and must have m and 0 as the last two terms. 12 1999 SOLUTIONS Most of the solutions to the problems of the 1999 CMO presented below are taken from students’ papers. pape rs. Some Some min minor or editin editingg has been done done - unnece unnecessa ssary ry steps have have been eliminat eliminated ed and some wordi wo rding ng has been ch chang anged ed to make make the proofs proofs clearer. clearer. But for the most part, the proofs proofs are as submitted. Solution to Problem 1 – Adrian Chan, Upper Canada College, Toronto, ON Rearranging the equation we get 4x 4 x2 + 51 = 40[x 40[ x]. It is known that x 4x2 + 51 = 40[x 40[x] > 40( 40(x x 2 − 40 40x x + 91 (2x (2x − 13)(2 13)(2x x − 7) 4x > 0 ≥ [x] > x − 1, so − 1) > 0 Hence x > 13/ 13 /2 or x < 77/ /2. Also, 4x2 + 51 = 40[x 40[ x] 2 −− 4x 40 40x x + 51 (2x (2x 17)(2x 17)(2x 3) − ≤ ≤≤ 40x 40x 0 0 ≤ x ≤ 17 17/ /2. Combining these inequalities gives 3/ 3 /2 ≤ x < 7/ 7 /2 or 13/ 13/2 < x ≤ 17/ 17/2 . CASE 1: 3/2 ≤ x < 7 7/ /2. Hence 3/ 3/2 For this case, the possible values for [x [ x] are 1, 2 and 3. If [x] = 1 then 4x 4 x2 + 51 = 40 1 so 44x x2 = · −11, which has no real solutions. If [x] = 2 then 4x 4 x2 + 51 = 40 2 so 44x x2 = 29 and x = 2 < x < 3 and [x [x] = 2. · If [x] = 3 then 4x 4 x2 + 51 = 40 3 and x = · CASE 2: 13 13/ /2 < x √ √69 69/ /2. But 69 2 √29 2 > . No Notic ticee that that √64 2 √16 2 < √29 2 < √36 2 so = 4. So, this solution is re rejecte jected. d. ≤ 17 17/ /2. For this case, the possible values for [x [ x] are 6, 7 and 8. If [x] = 6 then 44x x2 + 51 = 40 6 so x = [x] = 6. · If [x] = 7 then 44x x2 + 51 = 40 7 so x = [x] = 7. · If [x] = 8 then 44x x2 + 51 = 40 8 so x = [x] = 8. The solutions are x = √29 √189 2 √229 2 . Notice Notice that that . Notice Notice that that √144 2 √196 2 √269 √256 2 2 · . Notice Notice that that √189 √229 √269 , , , . 2 2 2 2 (Editor: Adrian then checks these four solutions.) 1 < < < √189 2 √229 2 √269 2 < < < √196 2 √256 2 √324 2 so 6 < x < 7 and so 7 < x < 8 and so 8 < x < 9 and Solution 1 to Problem 2 – Keon Choi, A.Y. Jackson S.S., North York, ON E Let D and E be the intersections of BC B C and extended AC respectively with the circle. || Since C O AB (because both the altitude and the radius are 1) BC O = 60◦ and therefore therefore EC O = 180◦ ACB BC 0 = 60◦ . − C O − Since a circle is always symmetric in its diameter and line CE is reflection of line CB in CO, CO , line segment CE is reflection of line segment CB . Therefore CE = C CD D. Therefore D A B CE D is an isosceles. Therefore CE D = CDE CD E and C ED + CD CDE E = ACB = 60◦ . CE D = 30◦ regardless of the position of centre 0. Since CE D is also the angle subtended from the arc inside the triangle, if C ED is constant, the arc length is also constant. Editor’s Note: This proof has had no editing. 2 Solution 2 to Problem 2 – Jimmy Chui, Earl Haig S.S., North York, ON √ 1 Place C at the origin, origin, point point A at − √ 1 point B at , 1 . Then 3 with altitude of length 1. 3 ,1 and y B ABC is equilateral A A’ B’ Let O be th thee ce cen nte terr of the circle. circle. Be Beca caus usee th thee circle has radius 1, and since it touches line AB, AB , the locus of O is on the line through C parallel to AB (since C is length 1 away from AB ), i.e., the locus of O is on the x-axis. Let point O be at (a, (a, 0) 0).. Then Then along AB . 1 1 −√ ≤ a ≤ √ 3 3 x C O(a,0) since we have the restriction that the circle rolls Now, let A and B be the intersection of the circle with CA and CB respectiv respectively ely.. The equation 1 1 √3 , of CB is y = of CA is y = 3 x, 0 x 3 x, √3 x 0, and of the circle is (x a)2 + y 2 = 1. √ −√ ≤ ≤ − − ≤ ≤ √ √ a ± 4 − 3a2 2 2 We solve for A by substituting y = 3 x into (x (x − a) + y = 1 to get x = . 4 Visually, we can see that solutions represent the intersection of AC extended and the circle, but we are only concerned with the greater x-value – this is the solution that is on AC , not on AC extended. Therefore x= a+ √4 − 3a 2 , 4 y= √ 3 a+ √4 − 3a 2 4 . Likewise we solve for B , but we take the lesser x x-value -value to get x= a − √4 − 3a 4 2 , y= − √4 − 3a √ a+ √4 − 3a − − √3 a − √4 − 3a 4 4 3 a+ 2 4 . Let us find the length of A B : |AB|2 = = a+ 4 − 3a √4 − 3a − a − √4 − 3a 4 4 2 2 4 2 √ 2 + 3 2 2 a2 +3 4 = 1 which is independent of a a.. Consider the points 0, 0, A and B . Therefore A 0B = π 3 0AB is an equilateral triangle (because AB = 0A = 0B = 1). and arc A B = π 3 , a constant. 3 2 Solution to Problem 3 – Masoud Kamgarpour, Carson S.S., North Vancouver, BC α Note that n = 1 is a solution solution.. For n > 1 write n in the form n = P1α P2α ...Pm where the Pi ’s, 1 i m, are distinct prime numbers and αi > 0. Since d(n) is an integer, n is a perfect square, so αi = 2βi for integers β i > 0. 1 2 m ≤ ≤ Using the formula for the number of divisors of n, d(n) = (2β (2β1 + 1)(2β 1)(2β2 + 1) . . . (2β (2βm + 1) 2 which whi ch is an odd nu numbe mber. r. Now Now because because d(n) is odd, (d (d(n)) is odd, therefore n is odd as well, so Pi 3, 1 i m. We get ≥ ≤ ≤ P1α 1 or using α i = 2βi ·P α2 2 α . . . Pm = [(α [(α1 + 1)(α 1)(α2 + 1) . . . (αm + 1)]2 m β P1β P2β . . . Pm = (2 ( 2β1 + 1)(2β 1)(2β2 + 1) . . . (2β (2βm + 1). 1) . 1 2 m Now we prove a lemma: Lemma: P t ≥ 2t + 1 for positive integers t and P ≥ 3, with equality only when P=3 and t=1. Proof: We use mathematical induction on tt.. The statement is true for t = 1 because P ≥ 3. Now suppose P ≥ 2k + 1, 1 , k ≥ 1; then we have k k k+1 Thus P t ≥ k k · ≥ ≥ = P P P (1 + 2) > P + 2 (2k (2k + 1) + 2 = 2(k 2(k + 1) + 1 P 2t + 1 and equality occurs only when P = 3 and t = 1. β Let’s say n has a prime factor Pk > 3; then (by the lemma) Pkβ > 2β 2 βk +1 and we have P1β . . . Pm > (2 (2β β1 + 1) . . . (2 (2β βm + 1), a contradiction. 1 k m Therefore, the only prime factor of n is P = 3 and we have 3 α = 2α + 1. By the lemma α = 1. The only positive integer solutions are 1 and 9. Solution 1 to Problem 4 – David Nicholson, Fenelon Falls S.S., Fenelon Falls, ON Without loss of generality let a 1 < a2 < a3 . . . < a8 . Assume that there is no such integer k k.. Let’s just look at the seven differences d i = ai+1 amongst the di there can be at most two 1s, two 2s, and two 3s, which totals to 12. Now 16 = 17 −1 ≥a −a 8 1 − a . Then i = d 1 + d2 + . . . + d7 so the seven differences must be 1,1,2,2,3,3,4. Now let’s think of arranging arranging the differences differences 1,1,2,2,3,3,4. 1,1,2,2,3,3,4. Note that the sum of consecutiv consecutivee differences is another difference. (Eg d 1 + d2 = a 3 a1 , d1 + d2 + d3 = a 4 a1 ) − − We can can’t ’t place the two 1s side side by side beca because use that will give give us ano anothe therr differe difference nce of 2. The 1s can’t be beside a 2 because then we have three 3s. They can’t both be beside a 3 because then we have three 4s! So we must have either 1, 1, 4, , , , 3, 1 or 1, 1, 4, 1, 3, , , (or their reflections). −−− −−− In either case we have have a 3,1 giving a difference difference of 4 so we can’t put the 2s beside each other. other. Also we can’t have have 2,3,2 because then (with the 1,4) we will have three three 5s. So all cases give give a cont contradic radiction. tion. Therefore there will always be three differences equal. { } A set of seven numbers satisfying the criteria are 1, 2, 4, 7, 11, 11, 16, 16, 17 . (Edito (Editor: r: There There are are many many such sets) 4 Solution 2 to Problem 4 – The CMO committee − − Consider all the consecutive differences (ie, di above) as well as the differences bi = a i+2 ai , i = 1 . . . 6. Then the sum of these thirteen differences is 2 (a8 a1 )+ (a7 a2 ) 2(17 1)+(16 2) = 46. Now if no difference occurs more than twice, the smallest the sum of the thirteen differences can be is 2 (1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6) + 7 = 49, giving a contradic contradiction. tion. · − − ≤ − · Solution 1 to Problem 5 – The CMO committee Let f (x,y,z x,y,z)) = x2 y + y 2 z + z 2 x. We wish to determ determine ine where where f is maximal maximal.. Since Since f is cyclic, without loss of generality we may assume that x y, z . Since ≥ f (x,y ,z) ,z) − f (x,z ,y) ,y) = x2 y + y2 z + z 2 x = ≥ z. Then f (x + z,y, 0) − f (x,y,z x,y,z)) 2 2 2 −x z−z y−y x (y − z )(x )(x − y )( )(x x − z ), we may also assume y = (x + z )2 y = 2 2 2 −x y−y z−z x z y + yz yz((x − y) + xz( xz (y − z) ≥ 0, 2 so we may now assume z = 0. The rest follows from the arithmetic-geometric mean inequality: 2x2 y f (x,y, 0) = 2 ≤ 1 2 x + x + 2y 2y 3 3 = 4 27 Equality occurs when x = 2y, hence at (x,y (x,y ,z) ,z) = ( 23 , 13 , 0). (As well as (0, (0, 32 , 31 ) and ( 13 , 0, 32 ). Solution 2 to Problem 5 – The CMO committee With f as above, and x ≥ y, z 2 − f x + z, y + z, 0 2 2 f (x,y ,z) ,z) = yz yz((x − y) + xz (x 2 so we may assume that z = 0. The rest follows as for solution 1. 5 − 3 z) + z y + z 8 4 GRADERS’ REPORT REPORT Each question was worth a maximum of 7 marks. Every solution on every paper was graded by two different markers. If the two marks differed by more than one point, the solution was reconsidered un until til the differe difference nce resolv resolved. ed. If the tw twoo marks marks differed differed by one point, point, the averag averagee wa wass use used d in computing the total score. The various grades assigned to each solution are displayed below, as a percentage. MARKS #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7.6 13.9 12.0 5.7 4.4 8.9 8.9 39.9 45 4 5.6 15 1 5.8 12.7 2.5 1.3 2.5 0.0 20.9 18 1 8.4 43 4 3.0 15.2 5.1 8.9 3.2 1.3 6.3 38 3 8.6 0.0 41.8 7.6 4.4 5.7 1.9 1.3 51 5 1.3 32 3 2.3 13.9 2.5 0.0 1.3 0.0 0.0 PROBLEM 1 The aim of the question was to give the competitors an encouraging start (it was not a give away!). Over half of the students had good scores of 5, 6 or 7. The general approach was to find bounds for x and then to find the exact value for x by substituting in the resulting possible values of [x [x]. Depending on how the bounds were determined, this meant checking 6 - 10 different cases. Points were lost for not adequately verifying the bounds on x. x . For example, 2 points were deducted 2 for assuming, without proof, that 4x 4x + 51 > 40[ 40[x x] for x 9. ≥ PROBLEM 2 Many Many competitors saw that the key here is to prove prove that the angle subtended subtended by the arc at its centre is constant, namely π/3. π/3. In all, 16 students managed a complete proof. Most attempted an analytic solution – indeed, the problem is nearly routine if one chooses coordinates wisely wis ely and later on not notes es that two such such x-coord x-coordina inates tes are roots of the same quadrat quadratic. ic. A few students used trigonometry, namely the law of sines on a couple of useful triangles. Two students found essentially the same synthetic solution, which is very elegant. PROBLEM PR OBLEM 3 Most competitors determined by direct calculation that n = 1 and n = 9 are solutions. The difficulty solutions. difficulty was to show that these are the only solutions, solutions, which boils down to proving k that p 22k k + 1 for all primes p > 2 and all k > 0 with equality only for k = 1 and p = 3. This can be done by induction or by calculus. Only 5 students obtained perfect marks. ≥ PROBLEM 4 Many students found a specific set of seven integers such that the equation did not have three different differ ent solutions. solutions. This earned two two point p oints. s. (One student student found such a set with maximum value value 14. A maximum value of 13 is not possible.) 6 Only eight competitors received high marks on the question (5, 6, or 7), and only one student scored a perfect 7. All of the successful solvers considered differences of consecutive integers, showing that they must be 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, and 4, and then showed that every ordering of these differences led to at least three repetitions of the same value. Most competitors recognized that the 1s could not be togethe together, r, nor could could they they be beside beside a 2. They They then proceed proceed by conside considerin ringg all such such possible possible arrangements, which often resulted in close to a dozen cases (depending on how the the cases were handled.) David Nicholson was the most efficient at pruning the cases. (See Solution 1 to Problem 4.) Most students failed to consider one or two (easily dismissed) cases, hence lost 1 or 2 points. A number of the contestants attempted to solve the problem by examining the odd-even character of the set of eight integers, counting how many of the differences were odd or even, and using the pigeon-hole pigeon -hole principle. principle. Although Although this approach looked promising, promising, no one was able to handle the case that 3 of the integers were of one parity, and 5 were of the other parity. PROBLEM 5 No students students received received full marks for this problem. One student student received received 5 marks for a proof proof that had minor minor errors errors.. This This proof was by Calculus. Calculus. The comm committe itteee wa wass aware aware that the proble problem m could could be solve solved d using using Calculu Calculuss but (erron (erroneou eously sly)) though thoughtt it unlik unlikely ely high high school school studen stu dents ts would would attemp attemptt such such a solutio solution. n. Many Many studen students ts receiv received ed 1 poin pointt for “guessin “guessing” g” that 1 2 2 1 2 1 , 3, 0 , 0, 3 , 3 and 3 , 0 , 3 are where where equalit equality y occurre occurred. d. Some Some studen students ts receiv received ed 3 a further point for verifying the inequality on the boundary of the region. 7 2000 Canadian Mathematics Olympiad Solutions Chair: Luis Goddyn, Simon Fraser Fraser University, goddyn@math.sfu.ca The Year 2000 Canadian Mathematics Olympiad was written on Wednesday April 2, by 98 high school students students across Canada. A correct and well well presented solution to any any of the ve questions was awarded seven points. This year’s exam was a somewhat harder than usual, with the mean score being 8.37 out of 35. The top few scores were: 30, 28, 27, 22, 20, 20, 20. The rst, second and third prizes are awarded to: Daniel Brox (Sentinel Secondary BC), David Arth Arthur ur (Upper Canada College ON), and a nd David Pritchard (Woburn (Woburn Collegiate Institute ON). 1. At 12:00 noon, Anne, Beth and Carmen begin running laps around a circular track of length three hundred meters, all starting from the same point on the track. Each jogger maintains a constant speed in one of the two possible directions directions for an inde nite period of time. Show that if Anne’s speed is di di erent from the other two speeds, then at some later time Anne Anne will be at least one hundred meters from each of the other runners. (Here, distance is measured along the shorter of the two arcs separating two runners.) runners.) Comment: We were surprised by the difficulty of this question, having awarded an average grade of 1 .43 out of 7. 7 . We pr present esent two two solutions; only the rst appear appeared ed among the graded graded papers. Solution 1: By rotating the frame of reference we may assume that Anne has speed zero, that Beth runs at least as fast as Carmen, and that Carmen’s Carmen’s speed speed is positive. If Beth is no more than twice as fast as Carmen, then both are at least 100 meters from Anne when Carmen has run 100 meters. If Beth runs more that twice twice as fast as Carmen, then Beth runs a stretch of more than 200 meters during the time Carmen C armen runs between 100 and 200 meters. Some part of this stretch lies more than 100 meters from Anne, at which time both Beth and Carmen are at least (in fact, more than) 100 meters away from Anne. Solution 2: By rotating the frame of reference we may assume Anne’s speed to equal zero, and that the other two runners have non-zero speed. speed. We may assume that Beth is running at least as fast as Carmen. Suppose that it takes t seconds for Beth to run 200 meters. Then at all times in the in nite set T = {t, 2t, 4t, 8t , . . .}, Beth is exactly 100 meters from Anne. At time t, Carmen has traveled exactly d meters where 0 < d 200 200.. Let k be the least l east integer k k kd 200,, so at time 2 t ∈ T both Beth and 100.. Then k 0 and 100 100 2 d 200 such that 2 Carmen are at least 100 meters from Anne. 2. A permutatio permutation n ooff the integers 1901 , 1902, . . . , 2000 is a sequence a1, a2, . . . , a100 in which each of those integers appears exactly once. Given such a permutation, we form the sequence of partial sums s1 = a 1, s2 = a1 + a2 , s3 = a 1 + a2 + a3 , . . . , s100 = a 1 + a2 + + a100. How many of these permutations will wil l have no terms of the sequence s1 , . . . , s100 divisible by three? Comment: This question was the easiest and most straight forward, forward, with an average grade grade of 3.07 07.. Solution: Let {1901, 1902, . . . , 2000} = R0 ∪ R 1 ∪ R 2 where each integer in Ri is congruent to i modulo 3. We not notee that that |R0| = |R1| = 33 and |R2| = 34. 34. Each pe permut rmutation ation S = (a1, a2, . . . , a100) can be uniquely speci speci ed by describing a sequence S = (a1, a2, . . . , a100) of residues modulo modulo 3 (containing exactly 33 zeros, 33 ones and 34 twos), and three permutations (one each of R0 , R1 , and R2). Note that the number of permutations permutations of Ri is exactly |Ri|! = 1 2 |Ri |. The condition on the partial sums of S depends only on the sequence of residues S . In order to avoid a partial sum divisible by three, the subsequence formed by the 67 ones and twos in S must equal either 1, 1, 2, 1, 2, . . . , 1, 2 or 2, 2, 1, 2, 1, . . . , 2, 1. Since |R2| = |R1| + 1, only the second pattern is possible. The 33 zero entries in S may appear anywhere among a1 , a2 , . . . , a100 provided that a1 = 0. 0. There ar aree 99 = 33!99!66! ways to choose which entries in 33 S equal zero. Thus there are exactly 99 sequences S whose partial sums are not divisible 33 by three. Therefore the total number of permutations S satisfyin satisfyingg this requirement requirement is exactly 99 33 99! 33! 34! . 66! 33! 33! 34! = Incidently, this number equals approximately 4.4 10138. 3. Let A = (a1, a2, . . . , a2000) be a sequence of integers each lying in the interv i nterval al [ −1000, 1000]. Suppose that the entries in A sum to 1. Show that some nonempty subsequence of A sums to zero. Comment: This students found this question to be the most difficult, with an average grade of 0.51 51,, and only one perfect perfect solution among 100 papers. Solution: We may assume no entry of A is zero, for otherwise we are are done. We sort A into a new list B = (b1, . . . , b2000) by selecting elements from A one at a time in such a way that b1 > 0 0,, b2 < 0 and, for each i = 2, 3, . . . , 2000 2000,, the sign of bi is opposite to that of the partial sum si 1 = b 1 + b2 + + bi 1 . − − (We can assume that each si i = 0 for otherwise we are done.) At each step of the selection process a candidate for bi is guaranteed guaranteed to exist, since the condition a1 + a2 + + a2000 = 1 implies that the sum of unselected entries in A is either zero or has sign s ign opposite to si 1 . − − Fr From om the way they were de ned, each of s1 , s2, . . . , s2000 is one of the 1999 nonzero integers in the interval [ −999, 1000] 1000].. By the Pigeon Hole Principle, sj = sk for some j, k satisfying 1 j < k 2000 2000.. Thus bj +1 + bj +2 + + bk = 0 and we are done. 4. Let ABCD be a convex convex quadrilateral with and CBD CB D = 2 ADB, ABD CD B = 2 CDB AB CB . = CB. C D. Prove that AD = CD Comment: There are are several di erent solutions to this, including some using purely purely trigonometric arguments arguments (involving the law of sines and standard s tandard angle sum formulas). We present here two prettier prettier geometric geometric arguments arguments (with diagrams). diagrams). The rst solution is perhaps the more more attractive attr active of the two. Average grade: grade: 1 .84 out of 7. 7. DB P A 1 Solution 1 (fromatcontestant Extend to aand pointAP Don=the circle CP DChoi): CBD CB D = ADB ABD through CD B, B . Then Keon = = CDB and C centered 2 1 2 2 so APCD is a parallelogram. Now P D bisects AC so s o BD is an angle bisector of isosceles triangle ABC . We have have ADB = 1 1 CBD CB D = ABD = CDB 2 2 ADC C , this triangle so DB D B is the angle bisector of ADC . As DB bisects the base of triangle AD must be isosceles and AD = C D. CB D meet CD Solution 2: Let the bisector of ABD meet AD at E . Let the bisector of CBD at F . Then F BD = BDE and EB D = BDF , which imply BE F D and BF E D. Thus BEDF is a parallelogram whence BD intersects EF at its midpoint midpoint M . (1) AB AE On the other hand since BE is an angle bisector, we have BD = ED . Simila Similarly rly we have have CB CF AE CF DEF F = F D . By assumption assumption AB = C B so ED = F D which implies E F AC . Thus DE BD and DAC are similar, which implies by (1) that B D intersects AC at its midpoint N . Since ABC is isosceles, this implies AC ⊥ BD . Thus N AD and N CD are right triangles with equal legs and hence are congruent. congruent. Thus AD = C D. P B B A A C C N F E E M F D D Diagram for Solution 1 Diagram for Solution 2 5. Suppose that the real numbers a1, a2, . . . , a100 satisfy a1 a2 a1 + a2 a3 + a4 + a100 0 100 + a100 Determine the maximum possible value of a 21 + a22 + a1 , a2 , . . . , a100 which achieve this maximum. 100. 2 , and nd all possible sequences + a100 Comment: All of the correct solutions involved a sequence of adjustments to the variables, 2 each of which increase a 21 + a22 + + a100 while satisfying the constraints, eventually arriving at the two optimal sequences: 100 , 0, 0, . . . , 0 and 50 , 50, 50, 50, 0, 0, . . . , 0. We present present here a sharper proof, proof, which might be arrived at after guessing that the optimal value is 1002. Average grade: 1 .52 out of 7. 7. 3 Solution: We have a1 + a2 + a21 + a22 + 2 + a100 + a100 200,, so 200 (100 − a2)2 + a22 + a23 + 2 + a100 2 = 1002 − 200a2 + 2a22 + a23 + + a100 1002 − (a1 + a2 + + a100)a2 + 2a22 + a23 + = 1002 + (a22 − a1a2 ) + (a23 − a3 a2 ) + (a24 − a4 a2 ) + 2 + (a100 − a100a2) = 1002 + (a2 − a1)a2 + (a3 − a2 )a3 + (a4 − a2 )a4 + + (a100 − a2)a100 a100 0, none of the terms (ai − aj )ai is positive. Thus a21 + a22 + 10, 000 with equality equality holding if and only if Since a 1 2 a100 2 + a100 a2 a1 = 100 − a2 a1 + a2 + and + + a100 = 200 and each of the products (a2 − a1 )a2 , (a3 − a2 )a3, (a4 − a2)a4 , , (a100 − a2 )a100 equals zero. Since a1 a2 a3 a100 0, the last condition holds if and only if for some i 1 we have a1 = a 2 = = a i and ai+1 = = a 100 = 0. 0. If i = 1, 1, then we get the solution 100 , 0, 0, . . . , 0. If i 2, then from a1 + a2 = 100, 100, we get that i = 4 and the second second optimal solution 50 , 50, 50, 50, 0, 0, . . . , 0. 4 2001 SOLUTIONS Several solutions are edited versions of solutions submitted by the contestants whose names appear in italics.. 1. (Daniel Brox) Let R be Rachel’s age, and let J be Jimmy’s age. Rachel’s quadratic is )(x − J ) = ax 2 − a(R + J )x + aRJ. a(x − R)(x for some number a. We are are given given that that th thee coeffic coefficie ient nt a is an inte intege ger. r. The The sum sum of the the coefficients is a − a(R + J ) + aRJ = a( a (R − 1)( 1)(J J − 1). 1). Since this is a prime number, two of the three integers a, R − 1, J − 1 multiply to 1. We are given that R > J > 0, so we must have that a = 1, J = 2, R − 1 is prime, and the quadratic is (x − R)(x )(x − 2). 2). We are told that this quadratic takes the value −55 = −5 · 11 for some positive integer x. Since R > 2, the first factor, (x ( x − R), must be the negative one. We have four cases: x − R = −55 and x − 2 = 1, which implies x = 3, R = 58. x − R = −11 and x − 2 = 5, which implies x = 7, R = 18. x − R = −5 and x − 2 = 11, which implies x = 13, R = 18. x − R = −1 and x − 2 = 53, which implies x = 57, R = 58. Since R − 1 is prime, the first and last cases are rejected, so R = 18 and J = 2. 2. (Lino Demasi) After ten coin flips, the token finishes on the square numbered 2k 2 k − 10, where k is the number 10 of heads obtained. Of the 2 = 1024 possible results of ten coin flips, there are exactly 10 k ways to obtain exactly k heads, so the probability of finishing on the square labeled 2 k − 10 equals 10 /1024. k The probability of landing on a red square equals c/1024 c/ 1024 where c is the sum of a selection of the numbers from the list 10 10 10 10 , , ,..., = 1, 10 10,, 45, 45, 120 120,, 210 210,, 252 252,, 210 210,, 120 120,, 45, 45, 10, 10, 1. 0 1 2 10 (1) We are given that for some integers a, b satisfying a + b = 2001, a/b = c/1024 c/ 1024.. If we assume (as most contestan contestants ts did!) that a and b are relatively prime, then the solution proceedss as follows. proceed follows. Since 0 ≤ a/b ≤ 1 and a + b = 2001, we have 1001 ≤ b ≤ 20 2001. 01. Also Also b divides 1024, so we have b = 1024. Thus a = c = 2001 − 1024 = 977. There is only one way to select terms from (1) so that the sum equals 977. 977 = 10 + 10 + 45 + 120 + 120 + 210 + 210 + 252. 252. (2) (This is easy to check, since the remaining terms in (1) must add to 1024 − 977 = 47, and 47 = 45 + 1 + 1 is the only possibility for this.) 1 In order to maximize n, we must must colour colour the strip as fol follo lows. ws. Odd numbere numbered d square squaress are 10 red if positiv positive, e, and white if negativ negative. e. Since Since 252 = 5 is in the sum, the square labeled 2 · 5 − 10 = 0 is red. For k = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, if 10 appears twice in the sum (2), then both 2k 2 k − 10 k 10 and 10 − 2k ar aree coloured coloured red. red. If k does not appear in the sum, then both 2k 2k − 10 and 10 10 − 2k are coloured white. If k appears once in the sum, then 10 − 2k is red and 2k 2 k − 10 is white. Thus Thus the maximum value value of n is obtained when the red squares are those numbered {1, 3, 5, 7, 9, −8, 8, −4, 4, −2, 2, 0, 6} giving n = 31. (Alternatively) If we do not assume a and b are relatively prime, then there are several more possibilities possibil ities to consider. consider. The greatest greatest common divisor divisor of a and b divides a + b = 2001, so gcd(a, gcd( a, b) is one of 1, 3, 23 23,, 29 29,, 3 · 23 23,, 3 · 29, 29, 23 · 29, 29, 3 · 23 · 29. 29. Since a/b = c/1024, c/ 1024, dividing dividing b by gcd(a, gcd(a, b) results in a power of 2. Thus the prime factorization of b is one of the following, for some integer k. 2k , 3 · 2k , 23 · 2k , 29 · 2k , 69 · 2k , 87 · 2k , 667 · 2k , 2001 2001.. Again we have 1001 ≤ b ≤ 2001, so b must be one of the following numbers. 1024, 3 · 512 = 1536, 1024, 1536, 23 · 64 = 1472, 1472, 29 · 64 = 1856, 1856, 69 · 16 = 1104, 1104, 87 · 16 = 1392, 1392, 667 · 2 = 1334, 1334, 2001. 2001. Thus a/b = (2001 − b)/b is one of the following fractions. 977 , 465 , 529 , 145 , 897 , 609 , 667 , 0 . 1024 1536 1472 1856 1104 1392 1334 2001 Thus c = 1024a/b 1024a/b is one of the following integers. 977,, 310, 977 310, 368, 368, 80 80,, 832, 832, 448 448,, 512 512,, 0. After some (rather tedious) checking, one finds that only the following sums with terms from (1) can add to a possible value of c. c. 977 = 10 + 10 10 + 45 + 120 + 120 120 + 2210 10 + 2210 10 + 2252 52 310 310 = 10 + 45 + 45 + 210 210 51 5122 = 10 + 10 + 120 + 120 + 252 252 51 5122 = 1 + 1 + 45 + 45 + 210 + 210 210 0 = 0. Again only those terms appearing exactly once in a sum can affect maximum value of n. n . We make the following table. c 977 310 512 512 0 Terms appearing appearing once in sum {45 45,, 252} {10 10,, 210} {252} ∅ ∅ Correspondin Correspondingg red squares squares {6, 0} {8, 2} {0} ∅ ∅ Evidently, the maximum possible value of n is obtained when c = 310 = 10 2 + 10 6 + 10 8 + 10 9 , the red465/ squares , 3, 5,= 7, 155/ 9, −/6512, , 6, 2and , 8}, nth the pr prob obab abili ility ty of landi landing ng on a re red d squa square re is a/b = 465 /1536 =are 310{/11024 310/ 155 =e 35. 2 3. Solution 1: (Daniel (Daniel Brox) Set O be the centre of the circumcircle of ABC . Let the angle bisector of BAC meet this circumcircle at R R.. We have BO BOR R = 2 BAR = 2 CAR = CO COR R Thus BR = CR and R lies on the perpendicular bisector of BC . Th Thus us R = P and ABCP are concyclic. The points X , Y , M are the bases of the three perpendiculars dropped from P onto the sides of ABC . Thus by Simson’s rule, X,Y, X,Y, M are collinear. Thus we have M = Z and BZ/ZC = BM/MC = 1. Note: X Y Z is called a Simson line, Wallace line or pedal line for ABC . To prove Simson’s rule, we note that BMPX are concyclic, as are A AY Y P X , thus BX M = BP M = 90 − P BC = 90 − P AC = AP Y = AX AXY Y Solution 2: (Kenneth Ho) Since P AX = P AY and P X A = P Y A = 90, triangles P AX and P AY are congruent, so AX = AY and P X = P Y . As P is on the perpendicular bisector of B C , we have P C = P B . Thus P Y C and P X B are congruent right triangles, which implies CY C Y = BX BX. Since X , Y and Z are collinear, we have by Menelaus’ Theorem AY CZ BX = −1. Y C ZB XA Applying AX = AY and CY = BX B X , this is equivalent to BZ/ZC = 11.. 4. We shall see that the only solution is n = 2. Fi Firs rstt we show show that if n = 2, then the table 1 can not be ch chang anged ed into a table table containi containing ng two zeros. zeros. For n = 1, this is T0 = n−1 a , let d(T ) be the quantity b − a b (mod n − 1). We shall show that neither of the two permitted moves can change the value of d(T ). If we subtract n from both elements in T , then b − a does not change. If we multiply the first row by n, then the element a changes to na, na, for a difference of (n ( n − 1)a 1)a, which is co cong ngru ruen entt to to 0 (mod (mod n − 1). Similarly Similarly,, multiplyin multiplyingg the second row by n does not change d(T ). Since d d((T0 ) = (n − 1) − 1 ≡ −1 (mo d n − 1), we can never obtain the table with two zeros by starting with T 0 , because 0 − 0 is not congruent to − 1 modulo n − 1. ve very ry easy to see. Suppose Suppose n ≥ 3. For any table table T = For n = 2, and any table of positive integers, the following procedure will always result in a table of zeros. We shall begin by converting the first column into a column of zeros as follows. We repeatedly subtract 2 from all entries in the first column until at least one of the entries equals either 1 or 2. Now we repeat the following sequence of three steps: (a) multip multiply ly by 2 all rows rows with 1 in the first column column (b) now multiply by 2 every row having a 2 in the first column (there is at least one such row) (c) subtract subtract 2 from all entries in the first column. column. Each iteration of the three steps decreases the sum of those entries in the first column which are greater than 2. Thus Thus the first column eventu eventually ally consists consists entirely entirely of ones and twos, twos, at which time we apply (a) and (c) once again to obtain a column of zeros. We now repeat the 3 above procedure for each successive above successive column of the table. The procedure does not affect any column which has already been set to zero, so we eventually obtain a table with all entries zero. 5. (Daniel Brox) Let P1 P3 P2 = 2α. As P1 P2 P3 is isosceles, we have that t = P 1 P2 = 2 sin sin α. The line P 3 P4 is the perpendicular bisector of P 1 P2 . Since P2 P3 P4 is isosceles, we calculate its length, P2 P3 /2 1 P3 P4 = = . cos α 2cos α As P5 is the circumcentre of P2 P3 P4 , we have P3 P5 P4 = 2 P3 P2 P4 = 2 P2 P3 P4 = 2α. The isosceles triangle P3 P4 P5 is therefore similar to P1 P2 P3 . As P3 P4 ⊥ P1 P2 , we have P1 P3 P5 = 90. Furthermore, the ratio P 3 P5 : P 1 P3 equals r where r= P3 P4 1 1 = = . P1 P2 (2sin α)(2cos α) 2 sin( sin(22α) P P 0 3 α P 2 P 1 P 5 P 4 By the same argument, we see that each Pi Pi+2 Pi+4 is a right angle with Pi+2 Pi+4 : P i Pi+2 = r . Thus the points P1 , P3 , P5 , . . . lie on a logarithmic spiral of ratio r and period four as shown below. It follows that P 1 , P5 , P9 , . . . are collinear, proving part (a). 4 P 3 1 r P1 P 11 P9 P 13 r3 r2 P 5 P 7 By the self-similarity of the spiral, we have that P1 P1001 = r 500 P1001 P2001 , so 500 x/y = 1/r = 2 sin( sin(22α). This is an in This inte tege gerr when when sin( sin(22α) ∈ {0, ±1/2, ±1}. Since 0 < α < 90, th this is is equi equiv valent to α ∈ {15 15,, 45 45,, 75}. Thus x/y is an in integ teger er exactl exactly y when when t belongs to the set {2sin15 2sin15,, 2sin45 2sin45,, 2sin75}. This answers part (b). 500 5 GRADERS’ REPORT REPORT Eighty four of the eighty five eligible students Eighty students submitted submitted an examination paper. Each Each paper contained proposed solutions the some or all of the five examination questions. Each correct and well presented prese nted solution solution was awarded awarded seven marks for a maxim maximum um total score of 35. The mean score was 10.8/35. The top three scores were were 28, 27, and 22, thus thus special scrutiny scrutiny was required required to separate separate the top two papers. Each Eac h soluti solution on was was indepen independen dently tly marked marked by two graders. graders. If the two marks differed, differed, then then the solution solutio n was was recons reconside idered red until until the difference difference was resolv resolved. ed. The top tw twen enty ty papers were then then carefully regraded by the chair to ensure that nothing was amiss. The grade distribu distribution tion and av avera erage ge mark mark for each question question appears appears in the followin followingg tabl table. e. For example, 13.1% of students were awarded 3 marks for question #1. Marks #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Ave. Mark 10.7 8.3 8.3 13.1 10.7 9.5 20.2 19.0 11.9 8.3 6.0 9.5 17 17.9 32.1 13 13.1 1.2 45.2 26 26.2 4.8 3.6 0.0 3.6 0.0 16 16.7 60.7 10 10.7 8.3 9.5 4.8 2.4 1.2 2.4 90.5 3.6 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.4 0.0 0.0 4.05 3.64 1.79 1.09 .26 Ninety Ninety five perce p ercent nt of students students found the correct solution, solution, although a surprising surprising number arrived at a solution through trial and error or by guessing and verifying a solution. Many assumed without proof that the leading coefficient equals one, which resulted in a two-point penalty. Another common error was not to consider all four possibilities for the pair (x ( x − R), (x − 2). PROBLEM PR OBLEM 1 There was was a flaw in question question 2. The proposers proposers intended intended that the integers integers a, b be relatively prime. This was made explicit in an early draft, but somehow was lost with the ambiguous phrase “of the form a/b.” a/b.” Without Without this assumption, the problem is much much more tedious to solve. solve. Remarkably, one student (Lino Demasi) considered more (but not all) possible values for gcd( a, b) and obtained the correct solution n = 35. All other students assumed implicitly (and in two cases, explicitly) that gcd(a, gcd(a, b) = 1. Solutions to both problems are presented in this publication. PROBLEM PR OBLEM 2 Most students students either completely solved solved or wer weree baffled by this basic geometry problem. There were at least four types of solutions: one trigonometric, one using basic geometry, and two two which which refer refer to standard standard theorems theorems relatin relatingg to the trian triangle gle.. The first two two tended tended to be lengthy length y or cumbersome cumbersome,, and the last two two are presented presented here. here. There were were complaints complaints from some participants regarding the inaccurate angles appearing in the diagram supplied with the question. The inaccuracy was intensional, since the key observation M = Z would have otherwise been given PROBLEM PR OBLEM 3 6 away.. Unfortunate away Unfortunately ly,, this caused some students students to doubt their own proofs that BZ : Z C = 1; as the ratio appears to be closer to 2 in the misleading diagram! This problem problem was left unanswered unanswered by about 60% of students. students. Several Several solutions solutions consisted only of a proof that n = 1 is not possible. About 25% described a procedure which works when n = 2. Indeed Indeed the proced procedure ure for n = 2 se seem emss to be un uniq ique ue.. About About 10% prov proved that for no other value of n was possible, and all of the proofs explicitly or implicitly involved considering PROBLEM PR OBLEM 4 residues modulo n − 1. This problem proved proved to be very very difficult. Only two students students completely answered answered part (a), and no students correctly answered part (b). Of the students receiving more than 0 marks, only two were were not among the top 15 This suggests that the question effectively resolved the ranking of the strongest participants, which is arguably the purpose of Problem 5. PROBLEM 5 7 2002 Canadian Mathematical Olympiad Solutions { } 1. Let S be a subset of 1, 2, . . . , 9 , such that the sums formed by adding each unordered pair of distinct numbers from S are all different. For example, the subset 1, 2, 3, 5 has this property, property, but 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 does not, since the pairs 1, 4 and 2, 3 have the same sum, namely 5. { } { } { { } } What is the maximum number of elements that S can contain? Solution Solu tion 1 { } It can be checked that all the sums of pairs for the set 1, 2, 3, 5, 8 are different. { } Suppose, for a contradiction, that S is a subset of 1, . . . , 9 containing 6 elements such that all the sums of pairs are different. Now the smallest possible sum for two numbers from S is 1 + 2 = 3 and the largest largest possible possible sum is 8 + 9 = 17. That That gives gives 15 poss possibl iblee sums: 3, . . . , 17. 6 Also there are = 15 pairs from S . Thus Thus,, each each of 3 , . . . , 17 is the sum of exactly one 2 pair. The only pair from 1, . . . , 9 that adds to 3 is 1, 2 and to 17 is 8, 9 . Thus 1, 2, 8, 9 are in S . But then 1+9 = 2+8, giving a contradiction. It follows that the maximum number of elements that S can contain is 5. { } { } { } Solution Solu tion 2. It can be checked that all the sums of pairs for the set 1, 2, 3, 5, 8 are different. Suppose, for a contradiction, that S is a subset of 1, . . . 9 such that all the sums of pairs are different and that a1 < a2 < . . . < a6 are the members of S . { − − − { } } − − Similar ilarly ly a6 a5 = a 4 Since a1 + a6 = a2 + a5 , it follows that a6 a5 = a2 a1 . Sim a4 a3 = a 2 a1 . These three differences must be distinct positive integers, so, (a6 Similarly a3 −a − a ) + (a − a ) + (a − a ) ≥ 1 + 2 + 3 = 6 . 5 4 3 2 1 − a = a − a , so 2 5 4 (a3 − a ) + (a − a ) ≥ 1 + 2 = 3 . 2 5 4 Adding the above 2 inequalities yields −a +a −a + a −a + a −a + a −a ≥6 + 3 = 9, − a ≥ 9. This is impossible since the numbers in S are between 1 and 9. a6 and hence a6 1 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 3 and 2. Call a positive integer n practical if every positive integer less than or equal to n can be written as the sum of distinct divisors of n. For example, the divisors of 6 are 1, 2, 3, and 6 . Since 1=1, 2=2, 3=3, 4=1+3, 5=2+ 3, 6=6, we see that 6 is practical. Prove that the product of two practical numbers is also practical. Solution ≤ pq , we can write k = aq + b wi with th 0 ≤ a ≤ p, 0 ≤ b < q. Let p aand nd q be practical. For any k Since p and q are practical, we can write a = c 1 + . . . + c m , b = d 1 + . . . + dn where the ci ’s are distinct divisors of p and the dj ’s are distinct divisors of q . Now k = (c1 + . . . + cm )q + ( d1 + . . . + dn ) = c1 q + . . . + cm q + d1 + . . . + dn . Each of c i q and d j divides pq . Since d j < q and we conclude that pq is practical. ≤ c q for any i, j, the c q’s and d ’s are all distinct, i i j 3. Prove Prove that for all positiv p ositivee real numbers numbers a , b, and c, c3 b3 a3 + + ab ca bc ≥ a + b + c, and determine when equality occurs. Each of the inequalities used in the solutions below has the property that equality holds if and only if a = b = c . Thus equality holds for the given inequality if and only if a = b = c . Solution 1. 4 4 4 4 4 4 Note that a + b + c = (a + 2 a ) . Applying the arithmetic-geometric 2 c ) + (c + 2 b ) + (b + mean inequality to each term, we see that the right side is greater than or equal to 4 4 4 a2 b2 + b2 c2 + c2 a2 . We can rewrite this as a2 (b2 + c2 ) 2 + b2 (c2 + a2 ) 2 + c2 (a2 + b2 ) 2 . Applying the arithmetic mean-geometric mean inequality again we obtain a4 + b 4 + c 4 a2 bc + b2 ca + c2 ab. Dividing both sides by abc (which is positive) the result follows. ≥ Solution 2. a,, b, c are replaced by ka,kb,kc, k > 0 we Notice the inequalit inequality y is homogeneous. homogeneous. That is, if a get the original original inequality inequality. Thus Thus we can assume, without loss of generality generality,, that abc = 1. Then c3 b3 a3 + + ab ca bc = abc c3 b3 a3 + + ab ca bc = a4 + b 4 + c 4 . So we need prove that a4 + b4 + c4 By the Power Mean Inequality, ≥ a + b + c. a4 + b4 + c4 3 ≥ a+b+c 3 4 , 3 so a4 + b4 + c4 b + c) ≥ (a + b + c) · (a + 27 . By the arithmetic mean-geometric mean inequality, 4 4 Hence, a + b + c 4 ≥ ( a + b + c)3 ( a + b + c) 27 · ≥ a+b+c 3 ≥ √ 3 abc = 1, so a + b + c ≥ 3. 33 ( a + b + c) = a + b + c. 27 Solution 3. Rather than using the Power-Mean inequality to prove a4 + b4 + c4 the Cauchy-Schwartz-Bunjakovsky inequality can be used twice: (a4 + b4 + c4 )(12 + 12 + 12 ) (a2 + b2 + c2 )(12 + 12 + 12 ) So a4 + b4 + c4 3 ≥ (a 2 + b 2 + c 2 )2 9 4 b + c) ≥ (a + 81 ≥ a + b + c in Proof 2, (a2 + b2 + c2 )2 ≥ (a + b + c)2 . Contin Continue ue as in Proo Prooff 2. √ 4. Let Γ be a circle with radius r. Let A and B be distinct points on Γ such that AB < 3r . Let the circle with centre B and radius AB meet Γ again at C . Le Lett P be the point inside Γ such that triangle ABP is equ equilat ilatera eral. l. Finally Finally,, let CP meet Γ again at Q. Prov Provee that that P Q = r. Γ O P Q C B A Solution 1. B C , let θ = BP C = BC P . Let the center of Γ be O, the radius r. Since BP = BC Quadrilateral QABC is cyclic, so BAQ = 180 Also AP Q = 180 ◦ − AP B − BP C = 120 ◦ Again because quadrilateral QABC is cyclic, ◦ θ and hence P AQ = 120 ◦ θ. − −θ, so P Q = AQ and AQP =−2 θ − 60 . ABC = 180 − AQC = 240 − 2θ . ◦ ◦ ◦ OC B are congruent, since OA = OB = O OC C = r and AB = B C . Triangles OAB and OCB 1 Thus ABO = CB O = ABC = 120 θ. 2 We have now shown that in triangles AQP and AOB , P AQ = BAO = AP Q = ABO . OB B = r. Also AP = AB , so AQP = AOB . Hence QP = O ◦ − ∼ Solution 2. Let the center of Γ be O, the radius r. Sinc Sincee A, P and C lie on a circle centered at B , 60 = ABP = 2ACP , so ACP = ACQ = 30 . ◦ ◦ Since Q, A, and C lie on Γ, QOA = 2QCA = 60 . ◦ So QA = r since if a chord of a circle subtends an angle of 60 at the center, its length is the radius of the circle. ◦ B C , so BP C = BC P = ACB + 30 . Now BP = BC ◦ Thus AP Q = 180 ◦ − AP B − BP C = 90 ◦ − ACB . Q, A, B a BC, C, AQP = AQC = AQB + BQC = 2ACB . Since Q, and nd C lie on Γ and AB = B Finally, QAP = 180 AQP AP Q = 90 ACB . − − So P AQ = AP Q hence P Q = AQ = r . − 5. Let N { } = 0, 1, 2, . . . . Determine all functions f : N → N such that xf (y ) + yf (x) = (x + y )f (x2 + y 2 ) for all x and y in N. Solution 1. We claim that f is a constant funct function. ion. Suppose, Suppose, for a contradiction, contradiction, that there exist x and a nd y with f (x) < f (y ); choose x, y such that f (y ) f (x) > 0 is minimal. Then f (x) = − xf (x) + yf (x) xf (y ) + yf (x) xf (y ) + yf (y ) < < = f (y ) x+y x+y x+y so f (x) < f (x2 + y 2 ) < f (y ) and 0 < f (x2 + y 2 ) f (x) < f (y ) f (x), contradicting the choice of x and y . Th Thus, us, f is a constant function. function. Since f (0) is in N, the constant must be from N. − Also, for any c in to the equation. N, − xc + yc = (x + y )c for all x and y , so f (x) = c, c ∈ N are the solutions Solution 2. − We claim f is a constant function. Define g (x) = f (x) f (0). Then g (0) = 0, g (x) and xg (y ) + yg (x) = (x + y )g (x2 + y 2 ) ≥ −f (0) for all x, y in N. Letting y = 0 shows g (x2 ) = 0 (in particular, g (1) = g (4) = 0), and letting x = y = 1 shows g (2) = 0. Also, if x, y and z in N satisfy x2 + y 2 = z 2 , then −xy g(x). g (y ) = ∗ ∗ ( ) Letting x = 4 and y = 3, ( ) shows that g (3) = 0. For any even number x = 2n > 4, let y = n 2 1. Then y > x and x2 + y 2 = (n2 + 1) 2 . For any odd number x = 2n + 1 > 3, let y = 2(n + 1)n. Then y > x and x 2 + y 2 = ((n + 1)2 + n2 )2 . Thus for every x > 4 there is y > x such that ( ) is satisfied. − ∗ Suppose for a contradiction, that there is x > 4 withxig+1 (x)g > 0. The Then n we can constru construct ct a sequence x = x0 < x1 < x2 < . . . where g (xi+1 ) = followss that g (xi+1 ) > (xi ). It follow − xi |g(x )| and the signs of g (x ) alternate. Since g (x) is always an integer, |g(x Thus for some sufficiently large value of i, g (x ) < −f (0), a contradiction. i+1 i i i | | )| ≥ |g (x )| + 1. i As for Proof 1, we now conclude that the functions that satisfy the given functional equation are f (x) = c, c N. ∈ Solution 3. Suppose that W is the set of nonnegative integers and that f : W xf (y ) + yf (x) = (x + y )f (x2 + y 2 ). → W satisfies: (∗) We will show that f is a constant function. Let f (0) = k , and set S = x f (x) = k . Letting y = 0 in ( ) shows that f (x2 ) = k ∗ { | } x2 ∀ x > 0, and so ∈S ∀ x>0 (1) In particular, 1 ∈ S. Suppose x 2 + y 2 = z 2 . Then yf (x) + xf (y ) = (x + y )f (z 2 ) = (x + y )k . Thus, x ∈S iff y ∈ S. (2) whenever x2 + y 2 is a perfect square. For a contradiction, let n be the smallest non-negative integer such that f (2n ) = k . By (l) n − − n 1 n 1 1 n 1 n 2 2 k.. Letting x = y = 2 must be odd, so 2 is an in integ teger. er. Now 2 < n so f (2 )=k in ( ) shows f (2n ) = k , a contradiction. Thus every power of 2 is an element of S . − ∗ For each integer n − ≥ 2 define p(n) to be the largest prime such that p (n) | n. For any integer n > 1 that is not a power of 2, there exists a sequence of integers x1 , x2 , . . . , xr such that the following conditions hold: Claim: a) x1 = n . b) x2i + x2i+1 is a perfect square for each i = 1, 2, 3, . . . , r c) p(x1 ) ≥ p(x ) ≥ . . . ≥ p(x ) = 2. 2 r n Proof: − 1. p n p x p x a Since is nota and a power of 2,p (b( ) )<=2 m(+11. ) b(2m + 1) b , where , for some ≥ 3.3. m Le Lett ( 1 ) = 2 n + 1, 1, so x = 1 = Case 1: a = 1. Since (2m+1 , 2m2 +2m, 2m2 +2m +1) is a Pythagorean Triple, if x2 = b (2m2 + 2m), then x21 + x22 = b 2 (2m2 + 2m + 1) 2 is a perfect square. Furthermore, x2 = 2bm(m + 1), and so p(x2 ) < 2 m + 1 = p (x1 ). Case 2: a > 1. If n = x1 = (2m + 1)a b , let x2 = (2m + 1)a 1 b (2 m2 + 2m), x3 = (2m + 1)a 2 b (2m2 + 2m)2 , . . ., x a+1 = (2m + 1)0 b (2m2 + 2m)a = b 2a ma (m + 1)a . Note that for 1 i a , x 2i + x2i+1 is a perfect square and also note that p (xa+1 ) < 2 m + 1 = p (x1 ). · · · ≤ ≤ − − · · · · · If xa+1 is not a power of 2, we extend the sequence xi using the same procedure described above. We keep doing this until p(xr ) = 2, for some integer r. ∈ ∈ − ∈ ∈ By (2), xi S iff xi+1 S for i = 1, 2, 3, . . . , r 1. Thus, Thus, n = x1 S iff xr S . But xr is a power of 2 because p(xr ) = 2, and we earlier proved that powers of 2 are in S. Therefore, n S , proving the claim. ∈ ≥ We have proven that every integer n 1 is an element of S , and so we have proven that f (n) = k = f (0), for each n 1. Therefore, f is constant, Q.E.D. ≥ Soluti Sol utions ons to the 200 2003 3 CMO written March 26, 2003 1. Consider a standard twelve-hour clock whose hour and minute hands move continuously. Let m be an integer, with 1 m 720. At precisely m minutes after 12:00, the angle made by the hour hand and minute hand is exactly 1 . Deter Determine mine all pos possible sible ≤ ≤ ◦ values of m. m. Solution The minute hand makes a full revolution of 360 every 60 minutes, so after m minutes it has swept through 360 m = 6m degrees. The hour hand makes a full revolution every 60 360 12 hours (720 minutes), so after m minutes it has swept through 720 m = m/ m/22 degrees. Since both hands started in the same position at 12:00, the angle between the two hands will be 1 if 6m m/ m/22 = 1 + 360k 360k for some integer k. Solvi Solving ng this equa equation tion we get 720 720k k 2 5k 5k 2 m= = 65 65k k+ . 11 11 Since 1 m 720, we have 1 k 11. Since m is an integer, 5k 5k 2 must be divisible ◦ ◦ − ± ± ≤ ≤ ≤ ≤ by 11, say 5k 5k ± 2 = 11q 11q . Then 5k = 11q 11q ± 2 ⇒ ± ± k = 2q + q ± 2. 5 If is now clear that only q = 2 and q = 3 sat satisf isfy y all the cond conditi itions ons.. Th Thus us k = 4 or k = 7 and substituting these values into the expression for m we find that the only possible values of m are 262 and 458. 2001 2. Find the last three digits of the number 2003 2002 . Solution 2001 We must find the remainder when 20032002 is divided by 1000, which will be the 2002 same as the remainder when 3 is divided by 1000, since 2003 3 (mod 1000). To do this we will first find a positive integer n such that 3n 1 (mod 1000) and then 2001 ≡ 2001 in the form nk + r , so that try to express 2002 2001 20032002 Since 32 = 10 32m = (10 nk +r ≡3 m r n k r k r ≡ (3 ) · 3 ≡ 1 · 3 ≡ 3 − 1, we can evaluate 3 − 1) ≡ 2m using the binom binomial ial theor theorem: em: = ( 1)m + 10m 10m( 1)m − − (mod 1000). 1000). 1 − + 100 − − m(m 1) ( 1)m 2 2 − + · · · + 10 m . After the first 3 terms of this expansion, all remaining terms are divisible by 1000, so letting m = 2q , we have that 34q ≡ 1 − 20q 20q + 100q 100q (2q (2q − 1) (mod 1000). 1000). (1) ≡ 1 (mod 1000) and now we wish to find the we can can che hecck that that 3 100 Usingg th Usin this is,, remainder when 20022001 is divided by 100. Now 20022001 22001 (mod 100) 4 21999 (mod 4 25), so we’ll investigate powers of 2 modulo 25. Noting that 210 = 1024 1 (mod 25), we have ≡ ≡ · 21999 = (210 )199 · ≡− · 2 ≡ (−1) · 512 ≡ −12 ≡ 13 (mod 25). 25). 9 199 4 13 = 52 (m (mod od 100 100). ). The Theref refore ore 20022001 can be written in the form Thus 22001 100k 100 k + 52 for some integer k, k , so ≡ · 2001 20032002 52 ≡3 (mod 1000) ≡ 1 − 20 · 13 + 1300 · 25 ≡ 241 (mod 1000) 2001 using equation (1). So the last 3 digits of 20032002 are 241. 3. Find all real positive solutions (if any) to x3 + y 3 + z 3 = x + y + z, and x2 + y 2 + z 2 = xyz. Solution Solut ion 1 abovee is equiva equivalen lentt (z 3 z ). The first equation abov ( y 3 y ) + (z Let f (x,y,z ) = (x3 x) + (y to f (x,y,z ) = 0. If x, x, y,z 1, then f (x,y,z ) 0 with equality only if x = y = z = 1. But if x = y = z = 1, then the second equation is not satisfied. satisfied. So in any solution to the system system of equat equation ions, s, at least one of the vari ariabl ables es is les lesss tha than n 1. Wit Withou houtt los losss of generality, suppose that x < 1. Then − ≥ − − ≥ x2 + y 2 + z 2 > y 2 + z 2 ≥ 2yz > yz > xyz. Therefore the system has no real positive solutions. Solution Solut ion 2 We will show that the system has no real positive solution. Assume otherwise. The second equation can be written x2 (yz )x + (y ( y 2 + z 2 ). Since this quadratic in x has a real solution by hypothesis, its discrimant is nonnegative. Hence − y2z2 2 2 − 4y − 4z ≥ 0. Dividing through by 4y 4y 2 z 2 yields 1 4 Hence y 2 4 and so y ≥ ≥ y1 2 + 1 z2 ≥ y1 . 2 2, y being positive. positive. A similar argum argument ent yields x,y,z ≥ ≥ But the first equation can be written as x(x2 contradicting x x,, y,z 2 2. 2 − 1) + y(y − 1) + z(z − 1) = 0,0, ≥ 2. Hence, a real positive solution cannot exist. Solution Solut ion 3 Applying the arithmetic-geometric mean inequality and the Power Mean Inequalities to x x,, y,z we have √xyz ≤ x + y + z ≤ 3 3 x + y + z x + y + z 2 2 2 ≤ 3 3 3 3 3 3 . Letting S = x + y + z = x3 + y 3 + z 3 and P = xy xyzz = x2 + y 2 + z 2 , this inequality can be written S P S P . 3 3 3 √ 3 ≤ ≤ ≤ 3 √ ≤ Now P implies P ≤ P /27, so P ≥ 27. Also ≤ implies S /27 ≤ S/3, S/3, √ ≤ 1 which is inconsistent with √P ≤ . so S ≤ 33.. Bu Butt th then en P ≥ 3 and 3 P 2 S 3 3 3 3 3 S 3 Therefore the system cannot have a real positive solution. 3 S 3 3 3 3 S 3 4. Pro Prove ve that when three circles share the same chor chord d AB AB,, ever every y line throug through h A different from AB determines the same ratio X Y : Y Z , where X is an arbitrary point different from B on the first circle while Y and Z are the points where AX intersects the other two circles (labelled so that Y is between X and Z ). l A α X β Y γ Z B Solution Solut ion 1 Let l be a line through A different from AB and join B to A, X , Y and Z as in the above diagram. No matter how l is chosen, the angles AX AXB B , AY B and AZB always subtend the chord AB AB.. For this reason the angles in the tria triangles ngles BX B X Y and BX B X Z are the same for all such l. l . Thus the ratio X Y : Y Z remains constant by similar triangles. Note that this is true no matter how X , Y and Z lie in relation to A. A. Suppose X , Y and Z all lie on the same side of A (as in the diagram) and that AX AXB B = α, α , AY B = β β and α, BY X = β , BY Z = 180 and AZB = γ . Then BX Y = 180 BZ Y = γ . Now suppose l is chosen so that X is now on the opposite side of A from α, but Y and Z . Now since X is on the other side of the chord AB AB,, AX AXB B = 180 α and all other angles in the two pertinent it is still the case that BX Y = 180 ◦ − ◦ ◦ ◦ − − − tria triangles ngles to rremain emain unc unchang hanged. ed. chosen so that identical then lher isr tangent the first circle andIfit lisisstill the case thatXis Al l ot othe BX Y = 180with αA. , All cases can be checked in a similar manner. ◦ − l A X P Q R O1 O2 Y Z O3 B Solution Solut ion 2 Let m be the perpendicular bisector of AB and let O1 , O2 , O3 be the centres of the three circles. Since AB is a chord common to all three circles, O 1 , O 2 , O 3 all lie on m. m. Let l be a line through A different from AB and suppose that X , Y , Z all lie on the same AB,, as in theSince AB above Letthe perpendiculars from bisects O 1 , O 2 ,any O 3 chord, meet l at P , side a diagram. line through centre of a circle Q, Q , Rof, respectively. AX = 2AP, AY = 22AQ AQ and AZ = 2AR. Now − AX = 2(AQ 2(AQ − AP ) = 22P P Q and, similarly similarly,, Y Z = 22QR. QR. Therefore X Y : Y Z = P Q : QR QR.. But O P || O Q || O R, so P Q : QR = O O : O O . X Y = AY 1 2 3 1 2 2 3 Since the centres of the circles are fixed, the ratio X Y : Y Z = O 1 O2 : O 2 O3 does not depend on the choice of l. l. If X , Y , Z do not all lie on the same side of AB AB,, we can obtain the same result with a similar proof. For instance, if X and Y are opposite sides of AB AB,, then we will have X Y = AY + AX , but since in this case P Q = AQ + AP , it is still the case that X Y = 22P P Q and result still follows, etc. 5. Let S be a set of n points in the plane such that any two points of S are at least 1 unit apart. Prove there is a subset T of S with at least n/7 n/7 points such that any two points of T are at least 3 units apart. √ Solution We will construct the set T in the follo following wing wa way: y: Assum Assumee the point pointss of S are in the xy xy-plane -plane and let P be a point in S with maximum y-coordinate. y -coordinate. This point P wil willl be a member of the set T and now, from S , we will remove P and all points in S which are less than 3 units from P . From the remaining points we choose one with maximum y -coordinate to be a member of T and remove from S all points at distance less than 3 units from this new point point.. We con contin tinue ue in this wa way y, unt until il all the points of S are exhausted. exhau sted. Clear Clearly ly any two point pointss in T are at least 3 units apart. To show that T has at least n/ n/77 points, we must prove that at each stage no more than 6 other points are removed along with P . √ √ √ At a typical stage in this process, we’ve selected a point P with maximum y-coordinate, y -coordinate, so any points at distance less than 3 from P must lie inside the semicircular region of radius 3 centred at P shown in the first diagram below. below. Since point pointss of S are at least 1 unit apart, these points must lie outside (or on) the semicircle of radius 1. (So they lie in the shaded region of the first diagram.) Now divide this shaded region into 6 congruent regions R1 , R2 , . . . , R6 as shown in this diagram. √ √ We will show that each of these regions contains at most one point of S . Sinc Sincee all 6 regions are congruent, consider one of them as depicted in the second diagram below. The distance between any two points in this shaded region must be less than the length of the line segment AB AB.. The le lengt ngths hs of P A and P B are 3 and 1, respectively, and angle AP B = 30 . If we constr construct uct a perpendicular fro from m B to P A at C , then the length of P C is cos30 = 3/2. Thus Thus BC is a perpendicular bisector of P A and therefore AB = P B = 1. So the distance betw between een any two point pointss in this regio region n is less than 1. Therefore each of R 1 , . . . , R6 can contain at most one point of S , which completes the proof. √ ◦ ◦ √ 1 √ P 3 R1 R6 R2 R5 R3 R4 P C ◦ 30 B A Solu So luti tion ons s to th the e 20 2004 04 CM CMO O written March 31, 2004 1. Find all ordered triples (x,y,z) of real numbers which satisfy the following system of equations: xy = z − x − y Solution Solut ion 1 xz = y − x − z yz = x − y − z Subtracting the second equation from the first gives xy − xz = 2z − 2y . Factoring y − z from each side and rearranging gives (x + 2)(y − z ) = 0 , so either x = −2 or z = y . If x = −2, the first equation becomes −2y = z + 2 − y , or y + z = −2. Subst Substituti ituting ng x = −2, y + z = −2 into the third equation gives y yzz = −2 − (−2) = 0. Hence either y or z is 0, so if x = −2, the only solutions are (−2, 0, −2) and (−2, −2, 0). If z = y the first equation becomes xy = −x, or x(y + 1) = 0. If x = 0 and z = y , the third equation becomes y 2 = −2y which gives y = 0 or y = −2. If y = −1 and z = y = −1, the third equation gives x = −1. So if if y = z , the only solutions are (0, 0, 0), (0, −2, −2) and (−1, −1, −1). In summary summary, ther theree are 5 solut solutions: ions: (−2, 0, −2), (−2, −2, 0), (0, 0, 0), (0, −2, −2) and (−1, −1, −1). Solution Solut ion 2 Adding x to both sides of the first equation gives x(y + 1) = z − y = (z + 1) − (y + 1) ⇒ (x + 1)(y + 1) = z + 1 . Similarly thesystem other two equations letting a = x + 1, b = y + 1, c = z + 1, manipulating we can write the in the followingand way. ab = c ac = b bc = a If any one of a,b,c is 0, th then en it’s it’s clear clear th that at all three three are 0. So ( a,b,c) = (0, 0, 0) is one solution and now suppose that a a,, b, c are all nonzero. nonzero. Subst Substitut ituting ing c = ab into the 2 2 second and third equations gives a b = b and b a = a, respec respective tively ly.. Hence a2 = 1, b2 = 1 (since a, b nonze nonzero). ro). This gives gives 4 more solutions: solutions: (a,b,c) = (1, 1, 1), (1, −1, −1), x,y, ,y, z , we obtain the 5 ordered (−1, 1, −1) or (−1, −1, 1). Ree Reexpr xpress essing ing in terms terms of x triples listed in Solution 1. 2. How many ways can 8 mutually non-attacking rooks be placed on the 9 × 9 chessboard (shown here) so that all 8 rooks are on squares of the same colour? [Two rooks are said to be attacking each other if they are placed in the same row or column of the board.] Solution Solut ion 1 We will first count the number of ways of placing 8 mutually non-attacking rooks on black squares and then count the number of ways of placing them on white squares. Suppose that the rows of the board have been numbered 1 to 9 from top to bottom. First notice that a rook placed on a black square in an odd O O O O O E E E E numbered row cannot attack a rook on a black square in an even O O O O O numbered row. This effectively partitions the black squares into E E E E a 5 × 5 board and a 4 × 4 board (squares labelled O and E O O O O O respectively, in the diagram at right) and rooks can be placed O E O E O E O E O independent indepen dently ly on these two two boards. There are 5! ways to place E E E E O O O O O 5 non-attacking rooks on the squares labelled O and 4! ways to place 4 non-attacking rooks on the squares labelled E . This gives 5!4! ways to place 9 mutually non-attacking rooks on black squares and removing remo ving any one of these 9 rooks give givess one of the desired configurat configurations ions.. Thu Thuss there are 9 · 5!4! ways to place 8 mutually non-attacking rooks on black squares. Using very similar reasoning we can partition the white squares as shown shown in the dia diagra gram m at right. right. The white white squ square aress are parpartitioned into two 5 × 4 boards such that no rook on a square marked O can attack a rook on a square mark E . At mos mostt 4 non-attacking rooks can be placed on a 5 × 4 board and they can be placed in 5 · 4 · 3 · 2 = 5! ways. Thus there are (5!) 2 ways to place 8 mutually non-attacking rooks on white squares. O E O E O E O E O E E E E E E O E O E O E O O O E O O E O O O E O E E O E O E O In total there are 9 · 5!4! + (5!)2 = (9 + 5)5!4! = 14 · 5!4! = 40320 ways to place 8 mutually non-attacking rooks on squares of the same colour. Solution Solut ion 2 Consider rooks on black squares first. We have 8 rooks and 9 rows, so exactly one row will be without rooks. There are two cases: either the empty row has 5 black squares or it has 4 black squares. By permutation these rows can be made either last or second last. In each case we’ll count the possible number of ways of placing the rooks on the board as we proceed row by row. In the first case we have 5 choices for the empty row, then we can place a rook on any of the black squares in row 1 (5 possibilities) and any of the black squares in row 2 (4 possibiliti possib ilities). es). When we attempt to place a rook in row 3, we mus mustt avoid the column containing the rook that was placed in row 1, so we have 4 possibilities. Using similar reasoning, we can place the rook on any of 3 possible black squares in row 4, etc. The total number of possibilities for the first case is 5 · 5 · 4 · 4 · 3 · 3 · 2 · 2 · 1 = (5!)2 . In the second case, we have 4 choices for the empty row (but assume it’s the second last row). We now place rooks as before and using similar logic, we get that the total number of possibilities for the second case is 4 · 5 · 4 · 4 · 3 · 3 · 2 · 1 · 1 = 4(5!4!). Now, do the same Now, same for the white white squares. squares. If a ro row w wit with h 4 white square squaress is empty empty (5 2 ways to choose it), then the total number of possibilities is (5!) . It’ It’ss impossi impossible ble to have a row with 5 white squares empty, so the total number of ways to place rooks is (5!)2 + 4(5!4!) + (5!)2 = (5 + 4 + 5)5!4! = 14(5!4!) . 3. Let A A,, B,C,D be four points on a circle (occurring in clockwise order), with AB < AD and BC > CD. Let the bisector of angle BAD meet the circle at X and the bisector of angle BC D meet the circle at Y . Consider the hexagon formed by these six points on the circle. If four of the six sides of the hexagon have equal length, prove that BD must be a diameter of the circle. B A X α α γ γ Y C D Solution Solut ion 1 We’re given that AB < AD. Since C Y bisects BC D, BY = Y D, so Y lies between D and A on the circle, as in the diagram above, and D DY Y > Y A, D DY Y > AB AB . Similar reasoning confirms that X lies between B and C and BX > XC , BX > CD. So if ABXCDY has 4 equal sides, then it must be that Y A = AB = X C = C D. Let DCY Y = γ . Sinc = DAX = α and let BC Y = DC Sincee ABCD is cyclic, A+C = 180 , which implies implies that α+γ = 90 . The ffact act tthat hat Y A = AB = X C = C D means that the arc from Y to B (which is subtended by Y C B ) is equal to the arc from X to D (which is subtended by X AD). He Henc ncee Y C B = X AD, so α = γ = 45 . Finally, B D is subtended by BAD = 2α = 90 . There Therefore fore BD is a diameter of the BAX ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ circle. Solution Solut ion 2 We’re given that AB < AD. Since C Y bisects BC D, BY = Y D, so Y lies between D and A on the circle, as in the diagram above, and D DY Y > Y A, D DY Y > AB AB . Similar reasoning confirms that X lies between B and C and B X > X C , B X > C D . So if ABXCDY has 4 equal sides, then it must be that Y A = AB = X C = C D. This implies that the arc from Y to B is equal to the arc from X to D and hence that Y B = X D. Si Sinc ncee BAX = X AD, BX = X D and since DC Y = Y C B , DY = Y B . There Therefore fore BXDY is a square and its diagonal, BD , must be a diameter of the circle. 4. Let p be an odd prime. Prove that p−1 k 2p 1 − ≡ p(p + 1) (mod p2 ). 2 k=1 [Note that a ≡ b (mod m) means that a − b is divisible by m .] Solution Since p − 1 is even, we can pair up the terms in the summation in the following way (first term with last, 2nd term with 2nd last, etc.): p p−1 2 k 2p−1 k =1 Expanding (p − k )2p 1 − (p − k)2p 1 − −1 = k 2p−1 + (p − k ) 2p−1 k =1 . with the binomial theorem, we get = p2p 1 − 2p − 1 −···− p2 k 2p 3 − 2p − 1 + pk 2p 2 − − k 2p 1 , − 2 1 where every term on the right-hand side is divisible by p2 except the last two. Therefore k 2p 1 − + (p − k )2p 1 − ≡ k 2p 1 − + 2 1 p− 1 pk 2p 2 − − k 2p 1 − ≡ (2p − 1)pk 2p 2 − (mod p2 ). For 1 ≤ k < p, k is not divisible by p, so k p 1 ≡ 1 (mod p), by Fermat’s Fermat’s Little Theorem. So (2p − 1)k2p 2 ≡ (2 p − 1)(12 ) ≡ −1 (mod p), say (2p − 1)k 2p 2 = mp − 1 for some integer m . Then (2p − 1)pk2p 2 = mp2 − p ≡ −p (mod p2 ). − − − − Finally, p p−1 −1 2 k 2p−1 ≡ k =1 ( −p) ≡ k =1 ≡ p − p2 2 1 ( p− + p2 ≡ 2 −p) (mod p2 ) p(p + 1) 2 (mod p2 ). 5. Let T be the set of all positive positive integer integer divisors divisors of 2004100 . What is the largest possible number of elements that a subset S of T can have if no element of S is an integer multiple of any other element of S ? Solution Assume throughout that a a,, b, c are nonnegative integers. Since the prime factorization 2 of 2004 is 2004 = 2 · 3 · 167, T Let = 2 3 167 0 200 0 = 2 3 167 0 a b S c ≤a≤ 200−b−c b , c 100 100 ≤ b, c ≤ ≤ b, c ≤ . . For any 0 ≤ b, c ≤ 100, we have 0 ≤ 200 − b − c ≤ 200, so S is a subset of T . Since there are 101 possible values for b and 101 possible values for c, S contains 1012 elements. We will show that no element of S is a multiple of another and that no larger subset of T satisfies this condition. Suppose 2200 b c b − − 3 167c is an integer multiple of 2 200 j −k j − 200 − b − c ≥ 200 − j − k, b ≥ j, 3 167k . Then c ≥ k. But this first inequality implies b + c ≤ j + k , which together with b ≥ j , c ≥ k gives b = j and c = k . Hence no element of S is an integer multiple of another element of S . Let U be a subset of T with more than 1012 elements. Since there are only 1012 distinct pairs (b, c) with 0 ≤ b, c ≤ 100, then (by the pigeonhole principle) U must contain two elements u 1 = 2a 3b 167c and u 2 = 2a 3b 167c , with b 1 = b 2 and c1 = c 2, but a 1 = a 2. If a 1 > a2, then u 1 is a multiple of u 2 and if a 1 < a2 , then u 2 is a multiple of u 1 . Hence U does not satisfy the desired condition. 1 1 1 2 2 2 Therefore the largest possible number of elements that such a subset of T can have is 1012 = 10201. Solut So lution ions s to the 200 2005 5 CM CMO O written March 30, 2005 1. Consider an equilateral equilateral triangle of side length length n n,, which is divided into unit triangles, as shown. Let f (n) be the number of paths from the triangle in the top row to the middle triangle in the bottom row, such that adjacent triangles in our path share a common edge and the path never travels up (from a lower row to a higher row) or revisits a triangle. trian gle. An example of one such path is illustrated illustrated below for n = 5. Det Determ ermine ine the value of f (2005). Solution We shall show that f (n) = (n (n − 1)!. Label the horizontal line segments in the triangle l1 , l2, . . . as in th thee di diag agra ram m be belo low. w. Since the path goes from the top triangle to a triangle in the bottom row and never travels up, the path must cross each of l 1 , l2 , . . . , ln−1 exactly once. The diagonal lines in the triangle divide l k into k unit line segments and the path must cross exactly one of these k segments for each k . (In the diagram below, these line segments have been highli hig hligh ghted ted.) .) The path is com comple pletel tely y det determ ermine ined d by the set of n 1 line segments whic wh ich h ar aree cr cros osse sed. d. So as th thee pat path h mo mov ves from the k th row to the (k (k + 1)st row, there are k possible line segments where the path could cross lk . Si Sinc ncee ther theree are are 1 2 3 (n 1) = (n (n 1)! ways that the path could cross the n 1 horizontal lines, and each one corresponds to a unique path, we get f (n) = (n 1)!. − · · ··· − − − − Therefore f (2005) = (2004)!. l1 l2 l3 l4 2. Let (a,b,c (a,b,c)) be b e a Pytha Pythagorea gorean n tripl triple, e, i.e., a triplet of positive integers with a2 + b2 = c2 . a) Prove that (c/a (c/a + c/b c/b))2 > 8. b) Prov Provee that there does not exist any any integer n for which we can find a Pythagorean triple (a,b,c (a,b,c)) satisfying (c/a (c/a + c/b c/b))2 = n n.. Solution Solutio n 1 a) Let (a,b,c (a,b,c)) be a Pythagor Pythagorean ean triple triple.. Vie View w a, b as lengths of the legs of a right angled triangle with hypotenuse of length cc;; let θ be the angle determined by the sides with lengths a and cc.. Then 2 c c 2 1 1 sin2 θ + cos2 θ + 2 si sin n θ cos θ + = + = a b cos θ sin θ (sin θ cos θ)2 1 + sin sin 2θ 4 4 = + sin2θθ sin2 2θ sin2 2θ sin2 Note that because 0 < θ < 90◦ , we have 0 < sin2 sin2θθ 1, with equality only if ◦ θ = 45 . But then a = b and we obtain 2 = c/a c/a,, contradicting a, c both being integers. Thus, 0 < si sin n 2θ < 1 which gives (c/a (c/a + c/b c/b))2 > 8. = 4 ≤ √ Solution Solut ion 2 Defining θ as in Solution 1, we have c/a + c/b = sec θ + csc θ. By the the AM-G AM-GM M inequality, we have (sec θ + csc θ)/2 sec θ csc θ. So ≥ √ √ √ √ ≥ 2 2. √ Since a a,, b, c are integers, we have c/a + c/b > 2 2 which gives (c/a (c/a + c/b c/b)) c/a + c/b 2 = sin θ cos θ ≥√ 2 2 sin2θθ sin2 2 > 8. Solution Solut ion 3 By simplifying and using the AM-GM inequality, c c + a b 2 = c2 2 a+b ab (a2 + b2 )( )(a a + b) 2 = a2 b2 ≥ √ √ 2 a2b2 (2 ab ab))2 = 8, a2 b2 with equality only if a = bb.. By using the same argumen argumentt as in Solution 1, a cannot equal b and the inequality is strict. Solution Solut ion 4 c c + a b 2 c2 c 2 22cc2 b2 a 2 2(a 2( a2 + b2) = 2+ 2+ =1 + 2 + 2 +1+ a b ab a b ab 2 a b 2 = 2+ +2+ (a b)2 + 2ab 2ab b a ab = 4+ − − a b b a 2 + 2(a 2( a − b) ab − 2 +4 ≥ 8, with equality only if a = bb,, which (as argued previously) cannot occur. b) Solution Solutio n 1 Since c/a + c/b is rational, (c/a (c/a + c/b c/b))2 can only be an integer if c/a + c/b is an integer int eger.. Suppose c/a + c/b = m. We may assume assume that gcd( gcd(a, b) = 1. (If not not,, divide the common factor from (a,b,c (a,b,c), ), leaving m unchanged.) Since cc((a + b) = mab and gcd(a, gcd(a, a + b) = 1, a must divide cc,, say c = ak ak.. This gives 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 a + b = a k which implies b = (k 1)a 1) a . But then a divides b contradicting the fact that gcd(a, gcd(a, b) = 1. Therefore (c/a (c/a + c/b c/b))2 is not equal to any integer n n.. − Solution Solut ion 2 We begin as in Solution 1, supposing that c/a + c/b = m with gcd(a, gcd(a, b) = 1. Hence a and b are not not both even. even. It is also the case that that a and b are not both odd, for then c2 = a2 + b 2 2 (mod 4), and perfect squares are congruent to eith ei ther er 0 or 1 mod modul uloo 4. So one of a, b is odd and the other other is even. even. The There refor foree c must be odd. Now c/a + c/b = m implies cc((a + b) = mab mab,, which cannot be true because cc((a + b) is odd and mab is even. ≡ 3. Let S be a set of n ≥ 3 points in the interior of a circle. a) Show that there are three distinct points a,b,c ∈ S and three distinct points A,B,C on the circle such that a is (strictly) closer to A than any other point in S , b is closer to B than any other point in S and c is closer to C than any other point in S . b) Show that for no value of n can four such points in S (and corresponding points on the circle) be guaranteed. Solution Solut ion 1 a) Let H be the smallest convex set of points in the plane which contains S .† Take 3 points a,b,c S which lie on the boundary of H . (Th (There ere must must alway alwayss be at least 3 (but not necessarily 4) such points.) Since a lies on the boundary of the convex region H , we can construct a chord L such that no two points of H lie on opposite sides of L L.. Of the two points where the perpendicular to L at a meets the circle, choose one which is on a side of L not containing any points of H and call this point A. Cert Certainly ainly A is closer to a than to any other point on L or on the other side of L. He Henc ncee A is closer to a ∈ than to any other point of S . We can find the requir required ed points points B and C in an analogous way and the proof is complete. [Note that this argument still holds if all the points of S lie on a line.] P A √ 3 r 2 a a c r b L H r b Q (a) c R (b) b) Let P QR be an equilateral triangle inscribed in the circle and let a a,, b, c be midpoints of the three sides of P QR QR.. If r is the radius of the circle, then every point on the circle is within ( 3/2) 2)rr of one of a a,, b or cc.. (See figure (b) above.) Now 3/2 < 99//10, so if S consists of a a,, b, c and a cluster of points within rr//10 of the centre of the circle, then we cannot select 4 points from S (and corresponding points on the circle) having the desired property. √ † √ By the way, H is called the convex hull of S . If the points of S lie on a line, then H will be the shortest line segment containing the points of S . Other Otherwise, wise, H is a polygon whose vertices are all elements of S and such that all other points in S lie inside or on this polygon. Solution Solut ion 2 a) If all the points of S lie on a line L, then choose any 3 of them to be a a,, b, c. Let A be a point on the circle which meets the perpendicular to L at a. Clearly A is closer to a than to any other point on L L,, and hence closer than other other point in S . We find B and C in an analogous way. Otherwise, choose a a,, b, c from S so that the triangle formed by these points has maximal area. Construct the altitude from the side bc to the point a and extend this line until it meets the circle at A A.. We claim that A is closer to a than to any other point in S . Suppose not. Let x be a point in S for which the distance from A to x is less than the distance from A to a. Then the perpendicular distance from x to the line bc must be greater than the perpendicular distance from a to the line bc bc.. But then the triangle formed by the points x x,, b, c has greater area than the triangle formed by a a,, b, c, contradicting the original choice of these 3 points. Therefore A is closer to a than to any other point in S . The points B and C are found by constructing similar altitudes through b and cc,, respectively. b) See Solution 1. 4. Let AB ABC C be a triangle with circumradius R R,, perime perimeter ter P and area K . Determine the maximum value of KP/R3 . Solution Solut ion 1 Since similar triangles give the same value of KP/R3 , we can fix R = 1 and maximize KP over all triangles inscribed in the unit circle. Fix points A and B on the unit circle. The locus of points C with a given perimeter P is an ellipse that meets the circle in at most four points. points. The area area K is maximized (for a fixed P ) when C is chosen on the perpendicular bisector of AB AB,, so we get a maximum value for K P if C is where the perpendicular bisector of AB meet meetss the circle. Thu Thuss the maximum value value of K P for a given AB occurs when ABC is an isosceles triangle. Repeating this argument with BC fixed, we have that the maximum occurs when ABC is an equilateral triangle. Consider an equilateral triangle with side length a a.. It has P = 3a 3 a. It has height equal 2 R = a/ sin(60) giving to a 3/2 giving K = a2 3/4. ¿From the extended law of sines, 2R R = a/ 3. Therefore the maximum value we seek is √ √ √ √ KP/R3 = a2 3 4 (3a (3 a) √3 a 3 = Solution Solut ion 2 27 . 4 From the extended law of sines, the lengths of the sides of the triangle are 2R 2 R sin A, 2R sin B and 2R 2R sin C . So 1 P = 2R 2 R(sin A + sin B + sin C ) and K = (2 (2R R sin A)(2 )(2R R sin B )(sin C ), 2 giving KP = 4sin A sin B sin C (sin A + sin B + sin C ). R3 We wish to find the maximum value of this expression over all A + B + C = 180◦ . Using well-known identities for sums and products of sine functions, we can write cos(B cos(B KP = 4sin A R3 2 − C ) − cos( cos(B B + C) 2 sin A + 2 si sin n − B+C 2 cos B C 2 . If we first consider A to be fixed, then B + C is fixed also and this expression takes its maximum value when cos(B cos(B C ) and cos B −2 C equal 1; i.e. when B = C . In a similar way, one can show that for any fixed value of B , KP/R3 is maximized when A = C . The Theref refore ore the maximum maximum value value of KP/R3 occurs when A = B = C = 60◦ , and it is now an easy task to substitute this into the above expression to obtain the maximum value of 27/ 27/4. − Solution Solut ion 3 As in Solution 2, we obtain KP = 4sin A sin B sin C (sin A + sin B + sin C ). R3 From the AM-GM inequality, we have sin A sin B sin C giving KP R3 ≤ sin A + sin B + sin C 3 3 , ≤ 274 (sin A + sin B + sin C ) , 4 with equality when sin A = sin B = sin C . Sin Since ce the sine functio function n is concave concave on the interval from 0 to π π,, Jensen’s inequality gives sin A + sin B + sin C 3 ≤ √ A+B+C sin 3 π 3 = sin = . 3 2 Since equality occurs here when sin A = sin B = sin C also, we can conclude that the 3 maximum value of KP/R is 4 27 √ 3 2 3 4 = 27 27//4. 5. Let’s say that an ordered triple of positive integers (a,b,c ( a,b,c)) is n-powerful if a b c, n n n gcd(a,b,c gcd( a,b,c)) = 1, and a + b + c is divisible by a + b + cc.. For examp example, le, (1, (1, 2, 2) is 5-powerful. ≤ ≤ a) Dete Determine rmine all ordered ordered triples (if any) which which are n n-powerful -powerful for all n ≥ 1. b) Determine all ordered triples (if any) any) which are 2004-powerful 2004-powerful and 2005-powerful, but not 2007-powerful. [Note that gcd(a,b,c gcd(a,b,c)) is the greatest common divisor of a a,, b and c.] Solution Solut ion 1 Let T n = a n + bn + cn and consider the polynomial P (x) = (x a)( )(x x b)( )(x x c) = x 3 (a + b + c)x2 + (ab (ab + ac + bc bc))x abc. Since P (a) = 0, we get a 3 = (a + b + c)a2 (ab + ac + bc bc))a + abc and multiplying both n−3 n n−1 sides by a we obtain a = (a + b + c)a (ab + ac + bc bc))an−2 + (abc abc))an−3 . Applying the same reasoning, we can obtain similar expressions for bn and cn and adding the three identities we get that T n satisfies the following 3-term recurrence: Tn = (a + b + c)Tn 1 (ab + ac + bc bc))Tn 2 + (abc (abc))Tn 3 , for all n 3. − − ¿From this we see that if T− n−2 and T n−3 are divisible by a + b + c, then so is T n . This immediately resolves part (b)—there are no ordered triples which are 2004-powerful and 2005-powerful, but not 2007-powerful—and reduces the number of cases to be considere consi dered d in part (a): since all tripl triples es are 1-pow 1-powerfu erful, l, the recurrence recurrence implies that any ordered triple which is both 2-powerful and 3-powerful is n -powerful for all n 1. n-powerful − − − − − − − − ≥ ≥ Putting n = 3 in the recurrence, we have a3 + b3 + c3 = (a ( a + b + c)( )(a a2 + b2 + c2 ) (ab + ac + bc bc)( )(a a + b + c) + 3abc 3abc which implies that (a,b,c (a,b,c)) is 3-powerful if and only if 3abc 3 abc is divisible by a + b + cc.. Since a2 + b2 + c2 = (a ( a + b + c)2 2( 2(ab ab + ac + bc bc)), (a,b,c 2(ab + ac + bc a,b,c)) is 2-powerful if and only if 2(ab bc)) is divisible by a + b + c. − − ≥ Suppose a prime p 5 divides a + b + c. Then p divides abc abc.. Since gcd(a,b,c gcd(a,b,c)) = 1, p divides exactly one of a, b or c; but then p doesn’t divide 2(ab 2(ab + ac + bc bc). ). Suppose 32 divides a + b + c. Then 3 divides abc abc,, implying 3 divides exactly one of a, b or c. But then 3 doesn’t divide 2(ab 2(ab + ac + bc bc). ). Suppose 22 divides a + b + cc.. The Then n 4 divides divides abc abc.. Sin Since ce gcd( gcd(a,b,c a,b,c)) = 1, at most one of a a,, b or c is even, implying one of a a,, b, c is divisible by 4 and the others are odd. But then ab + ac + bc is odd and 4 doesn’t divide 2(ab 2( ab + ac + bc bc). ). So if (a,b,c (a,b,c)) is 2- and 3-powerful, then a + b + c is not divisible by 4 or 9 or any prime greate gre aterr than 3. Sin Since ce a + b + c is at least 3, a + b + c is eith either er 3 or 6. It is now now a simple matter to check the possibilities and conclude that the only triples which are n-powerful for all n 1 are (1, (1, 1, 1) and (1, (1, 1, 4). ≥ Solution Solut ion 2 Let p be a prime. By Fermat’s Little Theorem, a −1 ≡ p 1 (mod pp)), if p doesn’t divide a a;; 0 (mod pp)), if p divides a. a. 1 1 1 ≡ Since gcd(a,b,c gcd(a,b,c)) = 1, we havep−that ap−p−1 + bp− + cp− 1, 2 or 3 (mod pp). ). Therefore if p−1 1 p is a prime divisor divisor of a + b + c , then p equals 2 or 3. So if (a,b,c (a,b,c)) is n n-powerful -powerful for all n 1, then the only primes which can divide a + b + c are 2 or 3. ≥ We can proceed in a similar fashion to show that a + b + c is not divisible by 4 or 9. Since a2 ≡ 0 (mod 4), 4), if p is even; 1 (mod 4), 4), if p is odd and a a,, b, c aren’t all even, we have that a 2 + b2 + c2 ≡ 1, 2 or 3 (mod 4). By expanding (3k (3k )3 , (3 (3k k + 1)3 and (3k (3k + 2)3 , we find that a3 is congruent to 0, 1 or 1 modulo 9. Hence − a6 ≡ 01 (mod 9) dividess a divide a; ; ea (mod 9), 9),, if 9), if 33 doesn’t divide divid a.. Since a a,, b, c aren’t all divisible by 3, we have that a 6 + b6 + c6 ≡ 1, 2 or 3 (mod 9). So a2 + b2 + c2 is not divisible by 4 and a 6 + b6 + c6 is not divisible by 9. Thus if (a,b,c (a,b,c)) is n n-powerful -powerful for all n 1, then a + b + c is not divisible by 4 or 9. Therefore a + b + c is either 3 or 6 and checking all possibilities, we conclude that the only triples which are n-powerful for all n 1 are (1, (1, 1, 1) and (1, (1, 1, 4). ≥ ≥ See Solution 1 for the (b) part. 38th Canadian Mathematical Olympiad Wednesday, March 29, 2006 Solutions to the 2006 CMO paper 1. Let f (n, k ) be the number of ways of distributing k candies to n children so that each child receives at most 2 candies. For example, if n = 3, then f (3 (3,, 7) = 0, f (3 (3,, 6) = 1 and f (3 (3,, 4) = 6. Determine the value of f (2006 (2006,, 1) + f (2006 (2006,, 4) + f (2006 (2006,, 7) + · · · + f (2006 (2006,, 1000) + f (2006 (2006,, 1003) . Comment. Unfortunat Unfortunately ely,, there was was an error error in the statement statement of this problem. It was intended intended that the sum should continue to f (2006 (2006,, 4012). Solution 1. The number of ways of distributing k candies to 2006 children is equal to the number of ways of distributing 0 to a particular child and k to the rest rest,, plus plus the number number of ways ways of dis distri tribut buting ing 1 to the particu particular lar child child and k − 1 to the rest, plus the number of ways of distributing 2 to the particular child and k − 2 to the rest rest.. Thus Thus f (2006 (2006,, k ) = f (2005 (2005,, k ) + f (2005 (2005,, k − 1) + f (2005 (2005,, k − 2), so that the required sum is 1003 1+ f (2005 (2005,, k ) . k=1 In evaluating f (n, k ), suppose that there are r children who receive 2 candies; these r children can be chosen in Then there are k − 2r candies from which at most one is given to each of n − r children. Hence k/2 n r ways. ∞ n n − r n n − r f (n, k) = = , with k − 2r r r =0 r=0 k − 2r r x y = 0 when x < y and when y < 0. The answer is 20052005 − r = 2005 2005 − r . 1003 ∞ ∞ r k=0 r =0 k − 2r 1003 r r =0 k=0 k − 2r The desired number is the sum of the coefficients of the terms of degree not exceeding 1003 in the expansion of (1 + x + x ) , which is equal to the coefficient of x 1003 in the expansion of Solution 2. 2 2005 (1 + x + x2 )2005 (1 + x + · · · + x1003 ) = [(1 − x3 )2005 (1 − x)−2005 ](1 − x1004 )(1 − x)−1 = (1 − x3 )2005 (1 − x)−2006 − (1 − x3)2005 (1 − x)−2006 x1004 . Since the degree of every term in the expansion of the second member on the right exceeds 1003, we are looking for the coefficient of x 1003 in the expansion of the first member: ∞ 2005 3 2005 (1 − x ) −2006 (1 − x) = (−1) 2005x (−1) −2006x i i i=0 1 j 3i j =0 j j 2005 = ∞ (−1) 20052005 + jx i j (−1) 20052005 + k − 3ix i 3i+j i=0 j =0 ∞ = 3008−3i 2005 (Note that i i=1 334 334 (−1) 20053008 − 3i = (−1) i i i i=1 k i k =0 The desired number is 2005 2005 i=1 2005 . (3008 − 3i)! . i!(2005 − i)!(1003 − 3i)! = 0 when i ≥ 335.) 2. Le Lett ABC be an acute-angled acute-angled triangle. triangle. Inscribe Inscribe a rectangle rectangle DEFG in this triangle so that D is on AB AB,, E is on AC and both F and G are on BC . Des Descri cribe be the locus locus of ( i.e., the curve occupied by) the intersections of the diagonals of all possible rectangles DEFG DEFG.. Solution. The locus is the line segment joining the midpoint M of B C to the midpoint K of the altitude AH . Note that a segment DE with D on AB and E on AC determines an inscribed rectangle; the midpoint F of DE lies on the median AM , while the midpoint of the perpendicular from F to BC is the centre centre of the rectangle. rectangle. This lies on the median M K of the triangle AMH AM H . Conversely Conve rsely,, any point p oint P on M K is the centre of a rectangle with base along BC B C whose height is double the distance from K to B C . 3. In a rectangular array of nonnegative real numbers with m rows and n columns, each row and each column contains at least one positive element. Moreover, if a row and a column intersect in a positive element, then the sums of their elements are the same. Prove that m = n. n. Solution Solut ion 1. Consider first the case where all the rows have the same positive sum s; this covers the particular situation in which m = 1. Then each column, column, sharing a positive positive element element with some row, row, must also have have the sum s. Then the sum of all the entries in the matrix is ms = ns ns,, whence m = n. n. We prove the general case by induction on m m.. The case m = 1 is already covered. Suppose that we have an m × n array not all of whose rows rows have the same sum. Let r < m of the rows have the sum s, and each of the of the other rows have a different differ ent sum. Then every every column sharing a positiv positivee entry with one of these rows must also have sum s, and these are the only columns with the sum ss.. Suppose there are c columns with sum s. s . The situation is essentially unchanged if we permute the rows and then the column so that the first r rows have the sum s and the first c columns have the sum s. Si Sinc ncee all all the entries of the first r rows not in the first c columns and in the first c columns not in the first r rows must be 0, we can partition the array into a r × c array in which all rows and columns have sum s and which satisfies the hypothesis of the problem, two rectangular arrays of zeros in the upper right and lower left and a rectangular (m ( m − r) × (n − c) array in the lower right that satisfies the conditions of the problem. By the induction hypothesis, we see that r = c and so m = n. n. Solution 2. [Y. Zhao] Let the term in the ith i th row and the j th column of the array be denoted by a ij , and let S = {(i, j ) : aij > 0 }. Sup Suppose pose that that ri is the sum of the ith row and cj the sum of the j th column. column. Then Then ri = cj whenever (i, (i, j ) ∈ S . Then we have that aij aij : (i, j ) ∈ S } . : (i, j ) ∈ S } = { { cj ri We evaluate the sums on either side independently. { a ij ri { a : (i, j ) ∈ S } = aij : (i, j ) ∈ S } = { cj Hence m = n n.. ij ri aij : 1 ≤ i ≤ m, 1 ≤ j ≤ n} = { cj m n m m 1 1 : 1 ≤ i ≤ m, 1 ≤ j ≤ n} = a = r = 1=m . i=1 n j =1 ri 1 cj ij j =1 i=1 m n aij = i=1 j =1 ri 1 cj i i=1 n cj = 1=n . j =1 2 The second solution can be made cleaner and more elegant by defining u ij = a ij /ri for all (i, (i, j ). When a ij = 0, = 0. When a ij > 0, then, by hypothesis, u ij = a ij /cj , a relation that in fact holds for all (i, (i, j ). We find that Comment. then u ij n n u =1 ij u and ij =1 i=1 j =1 for 1 ≤ i ≤ m and 1 ≤ j ≤ n, so that (u (uij ) is an m × n array whose row sums and column sums are all equal to 1. Hence m n n = m= u {u ij ij i=1 ij j =1 j =1 m =n : 1 ≤ i ≤ m, 1 ≤ j ≤ n} = u i=1 (being the sum of all the entries in the array). 4. Consider a round-robin tournament with 2n 2 n + 1 teams, where each team plays each other team exactly once. We say that three teams X , Y and Z , form a cycle triplet if X beats Y , Y beats Z , and Z beats X . There are no ties. (a) Determine the minimum number of cycle triplets possible. (b) Determine the maximum number of cycle triplets possible. Solution 1. (a) The minimum is 0, which is achieved by a tournament in which team T i beats Tj if and only if i > j . (b) Any set of three teams constitutes either a cycle triplet or a “dominated triplet” in which one team beats the other two; let there be c of the former and d of the latter. Then c + d = 2n3+1 . Suppose that team T i beats xi other teams; then n it is the winning team in exactly x2 dominated triples. Observe that 2i=1+1 xi = 2n2+1 , the total number of games. Hence x 1 1 2n + 1 x − d= = . 2 2 2 2 x ≥ ( x ) = n (2(2nn + 1) , whence By the Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality, (2n (2 n + 1) 2n + 1 x 2n + 1 n (2(2nn + 1) 1 2n + 1 n(n + 1)(2n 1)(2n + 1) i 2n+1 2n+1 i 2 i i=1 i=1 2n+1 i=1 2n+1 i=1 2 i 2n+1 c= 3 i − i=1 2 i 2 2 2 2 ≤ 3 − 2 + 2 2 = 6 . To realize the upper bound, let the teams be T1 = T2n+2, T2 = T2n+3. · · ·, Ti = T2n+1+i , · · ·, T2n+1 = T4n+2. For each i, let team Ti beat Ti+1, Ti+2, · · · , Ti+n and lose to Ti+n+1, · · · , Ti+2n . We need to chec check k that that this is a consisten consistentt assign ass ignmen mentt of wins and losses, losses, since since the result result for each each pai pairr of te teams ams is defined defined twice. twice. This This can be seen seen by noting noting that that (2n (2n + 1 + i) i) − (i + j) j ) = 2n + 1 − j ≥ n + 1 for 1 ≤ j ≤ n . The cycle triplets are (T ( Ti , Ti+j , Ti+j +k ) where 1 ≤ j ≤ n and (2n (2n + 1 + i) − (i + j + k) ≤ n, i.e., when 1 ≤ j ≤ n and n + 1 − j ≤ k ≤ n. For each i, i , this this cou coun nts 1 + 2 + · · · + n = 21 n(n + 1) cycle triplets. When we range over all i, i , each cycle triplet gets counted three times, so the number of cycle triplets is 2n + 1 n(n + 1) 3 2 = n(n + 1)(2n 1)(2n + 1) . 6 [S. Eastwood] (b) Let t be the number of cycle triplets and u be the number of ordered triplets of teams (X , Y , Z ) where X beats Y and Y beats Z . Each Each cycle triplet triplet generates generates three ordered triplets triplets while other triplets triplets generate exactly one. The total number of triplets is n(4 (4n n2 − 1) 2n + 1 . = 3 3 Solution Solut ion 2. The number of triples that are not cycle is n(4 (4n n2 − 1) −t . 3 Hence 2 u = 3t + n(4(4nn − 1) 3 − t =⇒ 3 t= n (n + 1)(2n 1)(2n + 1) u − (2 (2n n + 1)n 1)n2 n( 3u − n(4 (4n n2 − 1) . + = 6 2 6 If team Y beats a teams and loses to b teams, then the number of ordered triples with Y as the central element is ab. ab. Since a + b = 2n, by the Arithmetic-Geometric Means Inequality, we have that ab ≤ n2. Hence u ≤ (2 (2n n + 1)n 1)n2, so that t≤ n(n + 1)(2n 1)(2n + 1) . 6 The maximum is attainable when u = (2 (2n n + 1) 1)n n2, which can occur when we arrange all the teams in a circle with each team beating exactly the n teams in the clockwise direction. Comment. Interestingly enough, the maximum is n 2 i=1 i ; is there a nice argument that gives the answer in this form? 5. The vertices vertices of a right right triangle ABC inscribed in a circle circle divide the circumfere circumference nce into three arcs. The right angle is at A, A , so that the opposite arc BC B C is a semicircle while arc AB and arc AC are supplementary. To each of the three arcs, we draw a tangent such that its point of tangency is the midpoint of that portion of the tangent intercepted by the extended lines AB and AC . More precisely, the point D on arc BC B C is the midpoint of the segment joining the points D and D where the tangent at D intersects the extended lines AB and AC . Similarly for E on arc AC and F on arc AB AB.. Prove that triangle DEF is equilateral. Solution Solut ion 1. and F Fwhere = FF A prime a tangent meets meetred s AB andwathat double AC . It is giv givas enisthat th at DD = DD , EE = EEindicates . It is required requi to show sho arc prime EF is where a thirditofmeets the circumference arc DBF . AF is the median to the hypotenuse of right triangle AF F , so that F F = F A and therefore arc AF = 2∠F F A = 2(∠F F A + ∠F AF ) = 4∠F AF = 4 ∠F AB = 2 arc B F , whence arc F A = (2/3) arc BF A. Similarly Similarly,, arc AE = (2/3) arc AEC . Therefore, Therefore, arc F E is 2/3 of the semicircle, or 1/3 of the circumfer circumference ence as desired. desired. As for arc DBF , arc BD = 2∠BAD = ∠BAD + ∠BD D = ∠ADD = (1/2) arc ACD ACD.. But, arc BF = (1/2) arc AF , so arc D DBF BF = (1/2) arc F AED AED. That is, arc D DBF BF is 1/3 the circumference and the proof is complete. Solution 2. Since AE E is a right triangle, that ∠CD CDD D = ∠CAD = ∠CD D. As EADC 180◦ = ∠EAD AE = E E = EE E E so that ∠C AE = ∠C E E . Also AD = D D = D DD D , so is a concyclic quadrilateral, + ∠EC D = ∠DAC + ∠CAE + ∠EC A + ∠ACD = ∠DAC + ∠CAE + ∠CE E + ∠CE E + ∠CD CDD D + ∠CD D = ∠DAC + ∠CAE + ∠CAE + ∠CAE + ∠CAD + ∠CAD = 3(∠DAC + ∠DAE ) = 3(∠DAE ) Hence ∠DF E = = 60 ◦ . Similarly, ∠DAE = 60◦ . It follows that triangle D DEF EF is equilateral. ∠DEF 4 Report - Fortieth Canadian Mathematical Olympiad 2008 40th Canadian Mathematical Olympiad Wednesday, March 26, 2008 Solutio Solu tions ns - CMO 2008 1. ABCD is a convex quadrilateral in which AB is the longest side. Points M and N are located on sides AB and B C respectively, so that each of the segments AN and C M divides the quadrilateral into two parts of equal area. Prove that the segment M N bisects the diagonal B D . 1 Solution. ABCD]] = [NADC ], it follows that [AN [AN C ] = [AM AMC C ], so that M N �AC . Since [MADC [MADC ] = 2 [ABCD Let m be a line through D parallel to AC and M N and let BA produced meet m at P and BC produced meet m at Q. Q . Then [M P C ] = [M AC ] + [C [ C AP ] = [M AC ] + [CAD [ CAD]] = [MADC ] = [BM C ] whence BM = M P . Similarly B N = N Q, so that M N is a midline of triangle B P Q and must bisect B D. 2. Determine Determine all functions functions f defined on the set of rationals that take rational values for which f (2f (2f (x) + f (y )) = 2x 2x + y for each x and y . Solution 1. The only solutions are f (x) = x for all rational x and f (x) = −x − x for all rational x. x . Both of these readily check out. Setting y = x yields f (3f (3f (x)) = 3x 3x for all rational x. x . Now replacing x by 3f (x), we find that f (9x (9x) = f (3f (3f (3f (3f (x)) = 3[3f 3[3f (x)] = 9f 9f (x) , for all rational x x.. Setting x = 0 yields f (0) = 9f 9f (0), whence f (0) = 0. Setting x = 0 in the given functional equation yields f (f (y )) = y for all rational y . Thus f is one-one onto. Applying f to the functional equation yields that 2f (x) + f (y ) = f (2x (2x + y ) for every rational pair (x, (x, y ). Setting y = 0 in the functional equation yields f (2f (2f (x)) = 2x 2x, whence 2f 2f (x) = f (2 (2x x). Theref Therefore ore f (2x (2x) + f (y ) = f (2x (2x + y ) for each rational pair (x, (x, y ), so that f (u + v ) = f (u) + f (v) for each rational pair (u, (u, v). 6 Report - Fortieth Canadian Mathematical Olympiad 2008 Since 0 = f (0) = f (−1) + f (1), f (−1) = −f − f (1). By induction, it can be established that for each intger n and rational x x,, f (nx nx)) = nf (x). If k = f (1), we can establish from this that f (n) = nk nk,, f (1 (1/n /n)) = k/ k/n n and f (m/n m/n)) = mk/n for each integer pair (m, (m, n). Thus f (x) = kx k x for all rational x. x . Since f (f (x)) = x, x , we must have k k22 = 1. Hence f (x) = x or f (x) = −x − x. These check out. Solution 2. In the functional equation, let x = y = 2f (z ) + f (w ) to obtain f (x) = f (y ) = 2z + w and f (6z (6z + 3w 3 w) = 66ff (z ) + 3f 3 f (w ) for all rational pairs ( z, w). Set (z, w) = (0, 0) to obtain f (0) = 0, w = 0 to obtain f (6z ) = 6f (z ) and z = 0 to obtain f (3w) = 3f (w) for all rationals z and w. Hence f (6z + 3 w) = f (6z ) + f (3w). Replacing (6z, 3w) by (u, v) yields f (u + v ) = f (u) + f (v) f x) = kx where k = f (1) for all rational x . Substitution of this into the for all rational pairs with ( u, v).(x,Hence functional equation y ) = (1(, 1) leads to 3 = f (3f (1)) = f (3k ) = 3k 2, so that k = ±1. It ccan an be checked that both f (x) ≡ 1 and f (x) ≡ −1 satisfy the equation. Acknowledgment. The first solution is due to Man-Duen Choi and the second to Ed Doolittle. 3. Let a , b , c be positive real numbers for which a + b + c = 1. Prove that 3 a − bc b − ca c − ab + + ≤ . a + bc b + ca c + ab 2 Solution 1. Note that 1− a − bc 2bc 2bc = = . a + bc 1 − b − c + bc (1 − b)(1 − c) The inequality is equivalent to 3 2ab 2ca 2bc ≥ + + . (1 − b)(1 − c) (1 − c)(1 − a) (1 − a)(1 − b) 2 Manipulation yields the equivalent 4(bc + ca + ab − 3abc) ≥ 3(bc + ca + ab + 1 − a − b − c − abc) . This simplifies to ab + bc + ca ≥ 9abc or 1 a + 1 b + 1 c ≥ 9. This is a consequence of the harmonic-arithmetic means inequality. Solution 2. Observe that a + bc = a (a + b + c) + bc = (a + b)(a + c) and that a + b = 1 − c, with analogous relations for other permutations of the variables. Then (b + c)(c + a)(a + b) = (1 − a)(1 − b)(1 − c) = ( ab + bc + ca) − abc . Putting the left side of the desired inequality over a common denominator, we find that it is equal to 7 Report - Fortieth Canadian Mathematical Olympiad 2008 (a − bc)(1 − a) + (b − ac)(1 − b) + (c − ab)(1 − c) (a + b + c) − (a2 + b2 + c2) − (bc + ca + ab) + 3 abc = (b + c)(c + a)(a + b) (b + c)(c + a)(a + b) 1 − (a + b + c)2 + (bc + ca + ab) + 3 abc = (ab + bc + ca) − abc (bc + ca + ab) + 3 abc = (bc + bc + ab) − abc 4abc = 1+ . (a + b)(b + c)(c + a) Using the arithmetic-geometric means inequality, we obtain that (a + b)(b + c)(c + a) = (a2 b + b2 c + c2 a) + ( ab2 + bc2 + ca2) + 2abc ≥ 3abc + 3 abc + 2 abc = 8abc , whence 4abc/ 4abc/[( [(a a + b)( b)(bb + c)( c)(cc + a)] a)] ≤ 21 . The desired resu result lt follows. follows. Equality Equality occurs exactly exactly when a = b = 1 c = 3. 4. Find all functions f defined on the natural numbers that take values among the natural numbers for which (f (n))p ≡ n mod f (p) p) for all n ∈ N and all prime numbers p. p. The substitution n = p, p , a prime, yields p ≡ (f (p)) p))p ≡ 0 (mod f (p)), p)), so that p is divisible by f (p). p). Hence, for each prime p, p , f (p) p) = 1 or f (p) p) = p. p. Solution. Let S = {p : p is prime and f (p) p) = p}. If S is infinite, then f (n)p ≡ n (mod p) for infinitely many primes p. By the little Fermat theorem, n ≡ f (n)p ≡ f (n), so that f (n) − n is a multiple of p for infinitely many primes p. This This can happen happen only if f (n) = n for all values of n, and it can be verified that this is a solution. If S is empty, then f (p) p) = 1 for all primes p p,, and any function satisfying this condition is a solution. Now suppose that S is finite and non-empty. Let q be the largest prime in S . Suppose, if possible, that q ≥ 3. Theref Therefore, ore, for any prime prime p exceeding q, p ≡ 1 (mod q). Howe Howeve ver, r, this this is not true. true. Let Q be the product of all the odd primes up to q. Th Then en Q + 2 must have a prime factor exceeding q and at least one of them must be incongruent to 1 (mod q). (An alternat alternative ive argume argument nt notes that Bertrand’s Bertrand’s postulate can turn up a prime p between q and 2q 2q which fails to satisfy p ≡ 1 mod q .) The only remaining case is that S = {2}. Then Then f (2) = 2 and f (p) p) = 1 for every odd prime p. Si Sinc ncee f (n)2 ≡ n (mod 2), f (n) and n must have the same parity parity.. Conversely Conversely,, any function f for which f (n) ≡ n (mod 2) for all n n,, f (2) = 2 and f (p p)) = 1 for all odd primes p satisfies the condition. Therefore There fore the only solutions are • f (n) = n for all n ∈ N; p) = 1 for all primes p p;; • any function f with f (p) • any function for which f (2) = 2, f (p) p) = 1 for primes p exceeding 2 and f (n) and n have the same parity. rook walk 5. A chessboard (a rectangular grid of squares) is a pathsuch traced byeach a sequence of self-avoiding rook moves parallel to on an aedge of the board from one unit square to another, that begins where the previous move ended and such that no move ever crosses a square that has previously been crossed, i.e., the rook’s ro ok’s path is non-se non-self-in lf-intersec tersecting. ting. Let R(m, n) be the number of self-avoiding rook walks on an m × n (m rows, n columns) chessboard which begin at the lower-left corner and end at the upper-left corner. For example, R R((m, 1) = 1 for all 8 Report - Fortieth Canadian Mathematical Olympiad 2008 natural numbers m m;; R(2 R (2,, 2) = 2; R(3 R (3,, 2) = 4; R(3 R (3,, 3) = 11. Find a formula for R(3 R (3,, n) for each natural number n n.. Solution Solut ion 1. 1 2 Let rnthe = cell R(3, (3in , n). can befrom chec checked ked dire directly ctlyand tha thattthe r j=th1column and r from = 4. the Let Letleft, 1 ≤soi ≤ 3 and 1 ≤ j; j ; let (i, (i, j ) denote theItiith th row the bottom that the paths in question go from (1, (1, 1) to (3, (3, 1). Suppose that n ≥ 3. The rook walks fall into exactly one of the following six categories: (1) One walk given by (1, (1, 1) → (2, (2, 1) → (3, (3, 1). (2) Walks that avoid the cell (2, (2 , 1): Any such walk must start with (1, (1 , 1) → (1 (1,, 2) and finish with (3, (3, 2) → (3, (3, 1); there are r n−1 such walks. (3) Walks that begin with (1, (1 , 1) → (2, (2, 1) → (2, (2, 2) and never return to the first row: Suc Such h walks enter enter the third row from (2, (2, k) for some k with 2 ≤ k ≤ n and then go along the third row leftwards to (3, (3, 1); there are n − 1 such walks. (4) Walks that begin with (1 , 1) → (2, 1) → ·· · → (2, k) → (1, k) → (1, k + 1) and end with (3, k + 1) → (3, k) → (3, k − 1) → ·· · → (3, 2) → (3, 1) for some k with 2 ≤ k ≤ n − 1; there are r −2 + r −3 + · · · + r1 such walks. (5) Walks that are the horizontal reflected images of walks in (3) that begin with (1 , 1) (2 , 1) and never n enter the third row until the final cell; there are n − 1 such walks. (6) Walks that are horizontal reflected images of walks in (5); there are r +r −3 n Thus, r 3 = 1 + r2 + 2(2 + r1 ) = 11 and, for n r = 1+r n n −1 ≥ 3, + 2[(n − 1) + r −2 n = 2n − 1 + r −1 n + 2( r −2 n −2 n +r −3 n + · · · + r1 ] + · · · + r1 ) , and r +1 n = 2n + 1 + r + 2( r n −1 n +r −2 n + · · · + r1 ) . Therefore r n +1 −r n = 2+r +r n −1 n =⇒ r +1 n = 2 + 2r + r n −1 n Thus r +1 n whence r +1 = n and r = n √1 + 1 = 2(r + 1) + (r n √1 2 2 (1 + (1 + √ √ 2) n 2) +1 +1 n −1 n − √1 2 2 − √1 + 1) , (1 − (1 − √ 2) √ 2) +1 n n +1 , −1 . . n → + ··· +r 1 such walks. 2 2 2 2 Employ the same notation as in Solut Solution ion 1. We have that r1 = 1, r 2 = 4 and r 3 = 11. Let n ≥ 3. Consider the situation that there are r +1 columns. There are basically three types of rook walks. Solution 2. n Type 1. There are four rook walks that enter only the first two columns. Type Typ e 2. There are 3r rooks walks that do not pass between the second and third columns in the middle row (in either direction), viz. r −1 of each of the types: −1 n n (1, 1) −→ (1, 2) −→ (1, 3) −→···−→ (3, 3) −→ (3, 2) −→ (3, 1) ; (1, 1) −→ (2, 1) −→ (2, 2) −→ (1, 2) −→ (1, 3) −→···−→ (3, 3) −→ (3, 2) −→ (3, 1) ; (1, 1) −→ (1, 2) −→ (1, 3) −→···−→ (3, 3) −→ (3, 2) −→ (2, 2) −→ (2, 1) −→ (3, 1) . Type 3. Consider the rook walks that pass between the second and third column along the middle row. 9 Report - Fortieth Canadian Mathematical Olympiad 2008 They are of Type 3a: (1, 1) −→ ∗ −→ (2, 2) −→ (2, 3) −→···−→ (3, 3) −→ (3, 2) −→ (3, 1) , or Type 3b: (1, 1) −→ (1, 2) −→ (1, 3) −→···−→ (2, 3) −→ (2, 2) −→ ∗ −→ (3, 1) , where in each case the asterisk stands for one of two possible options. We can associate in a two-one way the walks of Type 3a to a rook walk on the last n columns, namely (1, 2) −→ (2, 2) −→ (2, 3) −→···−→ (3, 3) −→ (3, 2) and the walks of Type 3b to a rook walk on the last n columns, namely (1, 2) −→ (1, 3) −→···−→ (2, 3) −→ (2, 2) −→ (3, 2) . The number of rook walks of the latter two types together is r n 1 rn−1 . From the number of rook walks on the last n columns, we subtract one for (1 , 2) (2, 2) (3, 2) and r n−1 for those of the type → (1, 2) (1, 3) −→ − − → (3, 3) −→···−→ Therefore, the number of rook walks of Type 3 is 2(rn rn+1 = 4 + 3 rn−1 + 2( rn (2, 3) . −→ − 1 − r − ) and we find that n 1 − 1 − r − ) = 2 + 2r n 1 n + rn−1 . We can now complete the solution as in Solution 1. Solution 3. Let S (3, n) be the set of self-avoiding rook walks in which the rook occupies column n but does not occupy column n +1. Then R (3, n) = S (3, 1) + S (3, 2) + + S (3, n) . Furthermore, topological considerations allow us to break S (3, n) into three disjoint subsets S 1 (3, n), the set of paths in which corner (1, n) is not occupied, but there is a path segment (2, n) (3, n); S 2 (3, n), the set of paths in which corners (1, n) and (3, n) are both occupied by a path (1, n) (2, n) (3, n); and S3 (3, n), the set of paths in which corner (3, n) is not occupied but there is a path segment (1, n) (2 , n). Let Let si (n) = Si (3, n) for i = 1, 2, 3. Note that s1 (1) = 0, s2 (1) = 1 and s 3 (1) = 0. By symmetry symmetry,, s1 (n) = s 3 (n) for every positive n. Furthermore, we can construct paths in S (3, n + 1) by “bulging” paths in S (3, n), from which we obtain | | | −→ −→ −→ | ··· | −→ −→ −→ −→ s1 (n + 1) = s 1 (n) + s 2 (n) ; s2 (n + 1) = s 1 (n) + s 2 (n) + s3 (n) ; s3 (n + 1) = s 2 (n) + s 3 (n) ; | | | or, upon simplification, s1 (n + 1) = s 1 (n) + s2 (n) ; s2 (n + 1) = 2 s1 (n) + s 2 (n) . Hence,, for n Hence ≥ 2, s1 (n + 1) = s 1 (n) + 2 s1 (n − 1) + s (n − 1) = s (n) + 2 s (n − 1) + s (n) − s (n − 1) = 2s (n) + s (n − 1) . 1 1 1 and s n 2 2 s n 1 1 1 s n s n s n s n ( + 1) = 2 1 ( ) + 2 ( ) = 2 1 ( 1) + 2 2 ( 1) + = s 2 (n) s2 (n 1) + 2s2 (n 1) + s2 (n) − − = 2s (n) + s (n − 1) . 2 −− − 2 ( ) 2 10 Report - Fortieth Canadian Mathematical Olympiad 2008 We find that s1 (n) = √ √ 1 1 √ (1 + 2) − − √ (1 − 2) − 2 2 2 2 n 1 s2 (n) = 2 (1 + n √2) − 1 n 1 1 + 2 (1 n − √2) − 1 1 ; . Summing a geometric series yields that � 1 1· ·�· +(1 +( √))2)+ 2(− 1(1) +�· ·1· + 1( �)) (1 − √2) − 1 √2 √2 = +√ + − √2 2 2 2 − �1 √ √ R(3, n) = (s2 (1) + s2 n s1 n s1 n = √ 2 2 [(1 + 2)n+1 − (1 − n 2)n+1 ] −1. The formula agrees with R(3, 1) = 1, R (3, 2) = 4 and R(3, 3) = 11. Acknowledgment. The first two solutions are due to Man-Duen Choi, and the third to Ed Doolittle. 11 Report - Forty First Canadian Mathematical Olympiad 2009 CANADIAN MA MATHEMA THEMATICAL TICAL OL OLYMPIAD YMPIAD 2009 SOLUTIONS 1. Given an m × n grid with squares coloured either black or white, we say that a black square in the grid is stranded if there is some square to its left in the same row that is white and there is some square above it in the same column that is white (see Figure). Problem Figure Figur e 1. A 4 × 5 grid with no stranded black squares Find a closed formula for the number of 2 × n grids with no stranded black squares. There is no condition for squares in the first row. A square in the second row can be black only if the square above it is black or all squares to the left of it are black. Suppose the first k squares in the second row are black and the ( k + 1)1)-st st squar squaree is whi white te or k = n. When k < n then for each of the first k + 1 squares in the first row we have 2 choices, and for each of the remaining n − k − 1 columns we have 3 choices. When k = n , there are 2n choices for the first row. The total number of choices is thus: Solution. − n 1 2k+1 3n−k−1 + 2n . k=0 This expression expression simpl simplifies ifies to 2 · 3n − 2n . 7 Report - Forty First Canadian Mathematical Olympiad 2009 2 CANADIAN MATHEMATICAL OLYMPIAD 2009 SOLUTIONS 2. Two circles of different radii are cut out of cardboard. Each circle is subdivided into 200 equal sectors. On each circle 100 sectors are painted white and the other 100 are painted black. black. The smalle smallerr circle is then placed on top of the larger circle, so that their centers centers coinc coincide. ide. Sho Show w that one can rotate the small circle so that the sectors on the two circles line up and at least 100 sectors on the small circle lie over sectors of the same color on the big circle. Problem Let x 0 , . . . , x 199 be variables. Assign the value of +1 or −1 to x i depending on whether the (i + 1)st segment of the larger circle (counting counterclockwise) is black or white,, respec white respectiv tively ely.. Simil Similarly arly,, assign the value of +1 or −1 to the variable yi depending on whether the (i + 1)t 1)th h seg segmen mentt of the small smaller er circl circlee is bla black ck or whi white. te. We can now restate the problem in the following equivalent way: show that Solution. 200 Sj = xi yi+j ≥ 0 , i=1 for some j = 0, . . . , 199. Here the subscript i + j is understood modulo 200. Now observe that y0 + · · · + y199 = 0 and thus 199 S0 + · · · + S199 = xi (y0 + · · · + y199 ) = 0 . I =0 Thus Sj ≥ 0 for some j = 0, . . . , 199, as claimed. 8 Report - Forty First Canadian Mathematical Olympiad 2009 CANADIAN CANADI AN MA MATHEMA THEMATICAL TICAL OL OLYMPIAD YMPIAD 2009 SOLUTI SOLUTIONS ONS Problem 3. Define z x)(x + y + z ) (xy + yz + zx . (x + y )(x + z )(y + z ) Determine the set of real numbers r for which there exists a triplet (x,y,z ) of positive real numbers satisfying f (x,y,z ) = r . f (x,y,z ) = We prove that 1 < f (x,y,z ) ≤ 89 , and that f (x,y,z ) can take on any value within the range (1, 89 ]. The expression for f (x,y,z ) can be simplified to Solution. f (x,y,z ) = 1 + xyz . (x + y )(x + z )(y + z ) x,, y,z are positive, we get 1 < f (x,y,z ). Since x The inequality f (x,y,z ) ≤ 89 can be simplified to x2 y + x2 z + y 2 x + y 2 z + z 2 x + z 2 y − 6xyz ≥ 0. Rearrange the left hand side as follows: x2 y + x2z + y 2 x + y 2 z + z 2 x + z 2y − 6xyz = x(y 2 + z 2 ) − 2xyz + y (x2 + z 2 ) − 2xyz + z (x2 + y 2 ) − 2xyz = x(y − z )2 + y (x − z )2 + z (x − y )2 . x,, y,z are non-negative. This expression is clearly non-negative when x To prove that f (x,y,z ) takes any values in the interval (1, 98 ], define g (t) = f (t, 1, 1) = 1 + t 2(1 + t)2 . Then g (1) = 98 and g(t) approaches 1 as t appr approac oaches hes 0. It follows from the con contin tinuit uity y 9 of g (t) for 0 < t ≤ 1 that it takes all values in the interval (1, 8 ]. (Alt (Alternat ernative ively ly,, one can check that the quadratic equation g(t) = r has a solution t for any number r in the interval (1, 98 ].) 9 Report - Forty First Canadian Mathematical Olympiad 2009 4 CANADIAN MATHEMATICAL OLYMPIAD 2009 SOLUTIONS 4. Find all ordered pairs (a, b) such that a and b are integers and 3a + 7b is a perfect square. Problem It is obvious that a and b must be non-negative. Suppose that 3a + 7 b = n2 . We can assum assumee that n is positive. positive. We first work modulo 4. a b 2 Since 3 + 7 = n , it follows that Solution. n2 ≡ (−1)a + (− (−1)b (mod 4). Since no square can be congruent to 2 modulo 4, it follows that we have either (i) a is odd and b is even or (ii) a is even and b is odd. Case (i): Let b = 2c. Then 3a = (n − 7c )(n + 7c ). It cannot be the case that 3 divides both n − 7c and n + 7c . But each of these is a power of 3. It follows that n − 7c = 1, and therefore 3a = 2 · 7c + 1. If c = 0, then a = 1, and we obtain the solution a = 1, b = 0. So sup suppos posee that that c ≥ 1. a Then 3 ≡ 1 (mod 7). This is impossible, since the smallest positive value of a such that 3a ≡ 1 (mod 7) is given by a = 6, and therefore all a such that 3a ≡ 1 (mod 7) are even, contradicting the fact that a is odd. Case (ii): Let a = 2c. Then 7b = (n − 3c )(n + 3c ). Thus each of n − 3c and n + 3c is a pow power er of 7. Sin Since ce 7 can cannot not div divide ide both of thes these, e, it c follows that n − 3 = 1, and therefore 7b = 2 · 3c + 1. Look first at the case c = 1. Th Then en b = 1, and we obtain the solution a = 2, b = 1. So from now on we may assume that c > 11.. Th Then en 7b ≡ 1 (mod 9) 9).. The sma smalle llest st positi positive ve b integer b such that 7 ≡ 1 (mod 9) is given by b = 3. It follows that b must be a multiple of 3. Let b = 3d. Note that d is odd, so in particular d ≥ 1. Let y = 7d . Then y 3 − 1 = 2 · 3c , and therefore 2 · 3c = (y − 1)(y 2 + y + 1) . It follows that y − 1 = 2 · 3u for some positive u , and that y 2 + y + 1 = 3v for some v ≥ 2. But since 3y = (y 2 + y + 1) − (y − 1)2 , it follows that 3 | y , which is impossible since 3 | (y − 1). 10 Report - Forty First Canadian Mathematical Olympiad 2009 CANADIAN CANADI AN MA MATHEMA THEMATICAL TICAL OL OLYMPIAD YMPIAD 2009 SOLUTI SOLUTIONS ONS 5. A set of points is marked on the plane, with the property that any three marke mar ked d poin points ts can be cove covered red wit with h a dis disk k of radius 1. Pro Prove ve that the set of all mark marked ed points can be covered with a disk of radius 1. Problem (For a finite set of points only.) Let D be a disk of smallest radius that covers all marked points. Consider the marked points on the boundary C of this disk. Note that if all marked points on C lie on an arc smaller than the half circle (ASTTHC for short), then the disk can be moved a little towards these points on the boundary and its radius can be decr decreased eased.. Since we assume assumed d that our disk has minima minimall radius, the mark marked ed points on its boundary do not lie on an ASTTHC. If the two endpoints of a diagonal of D are marked, then D is the smallest disk containing these two points, hence must have radius at most 1. Solution. If there are 3 marked points on C that do not lie on an ASTTHC, then D is the smallest disk dis k co cove verin ringg the these se 3 poin points ts and hen hence ce must hav havee rad radius ius at mos mostt 1. (In this case the triangle formed by the three points is acute and C is its circumcircle.) If there are more than 3 marked points on the boundary that do not lie on an ASTTHC, then we can remove one of them so that the remaining points again do not lie on an ASTTHC AST THC.. By induc inductio tion n thi thiss lea leads ds us to the case of 3 poin points. ts. Ind Indeed eed,, giv given en 4 or more points on C , choo hoose se 3 poi point ntss th that at lie on a ha half lf circ circle le.. Th Then en the midd middle le poin pointt ca can n be removed. 11 CANADIAN MA MATHEMA THEMATICAL TICAL OL OLYMPIAD YMPIAD 2010 PROBLEM PRO BLEMS S AND SOLU SOLUTIONS TIONS (1) For a positive integer n, n , an n -staircase is a figure consisting of unit squares, with one square in the first row, two squares in the second row, and so on, up to n squares in the n th row, such that all the left-most squares in each row are aligned vertically. For example, the 5-staircase is shown below. Let f (n) denote the minimum number of square tiles required to tile the nstaircase, where the side lengths of the square tiles can be any positive integer. For example, f (2) = 3 and f (4) = 7. (a) Find all n such that f (n) = n. n. (b) Find all n such that f (n) = n + 1. (a) A diagonal square in an n-staircase is a unit square that lies on the diagonal diagonal going from the top-left to the bottom-right bottom-right.. A minimal tiling of an n-staircase is a tiling consisting of f (n) square tiles. Solution. Observe that f (n) ≥ n for all n. n . There are n diagonal squares in an n-staircase, n -staircase, and a square tile can cover at most one diagonal square, so any tiling requires at least n sq squar uaree til tiles. es. In other wo words rds,, f (n) ≥ n. He Henc nce, e, iiff f (n) = n, then each square tile covers exactly one diagonal square. Let n be a positive integer such that f (n) = n, n , and consider a minimal tiling of an n-stai n -staircase rcase.. The only square tile that can cover cover the unit squar squaree in the first row is the unit square itself. Now consider the left-most unit square in the second row. The only square tile that can cover this unit square and a diagonal square is a 2 × 2 square tile. 1 Next, consi Next, consider der the left left-most -most unit square in the fourth row. The only square tile that can cover this unit square and a diagonal square is a 4 × 4 square tile. Continuing this construction, we see that the side lengths of the square tiles we encounter will be 1, 2, 4, and so on, up to 2k for some nonnegative integer k. Therefore, n, n, the height of the n-st n-stair aircas case, e, is equ equal al to 1+ 2 + 4 + · · · + 2k = 2k+1 − 1. k k Alternatively, = can 2 −tile 1 fora some positive integer k p( p (k )tiles = 2 recursively − 1. Conve Con versely rsely,, nwe p(k)-staircase with pk. (k. )Let square as follows: follo ws: We have that p(1) = 1, and we can tile a 1-staircase with 1 square tile. Assume that we can tile a p(k )-staircase with p(k ) square tiles for some positive integer k. k. Consider a p(k + 1)1)-sta stairc ircase ase.. Pla Place ce a 2k × 2k square tile in the bottom left corner. Note that this square tile covers a digaonal square. Then p( p (k + 1) − 2k = 2k+1 − 1 − 2k = 2k − 1 = p( p(k), so we are left with two p(k )-staircases. p(k) 2k 2k p(k) Furthermore, these two p( p(k )-staircases can be tiled with 2 p( p(k ) square tiles, which means we use 2p( p(k) + 1 = p( p (k + 1) squar squaree tile tiles. s. k Therefore, f (n) = n if and only if n = 2 − 1 = p( p (k) for some positive integer k . In other words, the binary representation of n consists of all 1s, with no 0s. (b) Let n be a positive integer such that f (n) = n + 1, and consider a minimal tiling of an n-st -stair aircas case. e. Sin Since ce the there re are n diag diagonal onal squar squares, es, ev every ery squar squaree tile except exc ept one co cove vers rs a dia diagon gonal al squ square are.. We cla claim im tha thatt the squar squaree tile tile tha thatt co cove vers rs the bottom-left unit square must be the square tile that does not cover a diagonal square. If n is even, thiscannot fact iscover obvious, because square, the square tile that covers the bottom-left unitthen square any diagonal so assume that n is odd. Let n = 2m + 1. We may assume that n > 1, so m ≥ 1. Suppose that the square tile covering covering the bottom-le bottom-left ft unit squar squaree also cov covers ers a diagon diagonal al square. Then the side length of this square tile must be m + 1. 1. Aft After er this ((m m + 1) × (m + 1) square tile has been placed, we are left with two m-staircases. 2 m m+1 m+1 m Hence, f (n) = 2f (m) + 1. Bu Butt 22ff (m) + 1 is odd, and n + 1 = 2m 2m + 2 is even, so f (n) cannot be equal to n + 1, con contradi tradiction ction.. Ther Therefor efore, e, the square tile that covers the bottom-left unit square is the square tile that does not cover a diagonal square. Let t be the side length of the square tile covering the bottom-left unit square. Then every other square tile must cover a diagonal square, so by the same construction as in part (a), n = 1 + 2 + 4 + · · · + 2k 1 + t = 2k + t − 1 for some positive − k integer k. k . way Furthermore, the toptiling p( p(k) of = a2 p− rows of theTherefore, n-staircase n -staircasethe must be tiled the same as the minimal (k1)-staircase. hor horizontal izontal line between rows p(k ) and p(k ) + 1 does not pas passs thr throug ough h an any y squ square are tile tiles. s. Let us call such a line a fault line. Simila Similarly rly,, the vertic vertical al line betwe between en columns t and t + 1 is also a fault line. These two fault lines partition two p(k )-staircases. p(k) t t p(k) If these two p(k )-staircases do not overlap, then t = p(k), so n = 2p( p(k ). For example, the minimal tiling for n = 2p(2) p(2) = 6 is shown below. Hence, assume that the two p(k )-sta )-staircas ircases es do overlap overlap.. The inter intersect section ion of the two two p(k )-staircases is a [p( p(k ) − t]-sta ]-staircas ircase. e. Since thi thiss [ p( p(k ) − t]-staircase is tiled the same way as the top p(k ) − t rows of a minimal tiling of a p(k )-staircase, p( p(k ) − t = p( p(l) for some positive integer l < k k,, so t = p( p(k ) − p( p(l). Then n = t + p( p(k ) = 2p( p(k ) − p( p(l). Since p(0) p (0) = 0, we can summarize by saying that n must be of the form n = 2p( p(k ) − p( p(l) = 2k+1 − 2l − 1, 3 where k is a positive integer and l is a nonne nonnegativ gativee intege integer. r. Also, our argumen argumentt shows how if n is of this form, then an n-staircase n -staircase can be tiled with n + 1 square tiles. Finally, we observe that n is of this form if and only if the binary representation of n contains exactly one 0: 2k+1 − 2l − 1 = 11 . . . 1 0 11 . . . 1 . k − l 1s l 1s (2) Let A,B,P be thr three ee poin points ts on a cir circle cle.. Pro Prove ve tha thatt if a and b are the distances from P to the tangents at A and B and c is the distance from P to the chord AB AB,, 2 then c = ab ab.. Let r be the radius of the circle, and let a’ and b’ be the respective lengths of P A and P B . Since b = 2r sin ∠P AB = 2rc/a , c = a b /(2r (2r). Let AC be the diameter of the circle and H the foot of the perpendicular from P to AC . The similarity of the triangles AC ACP P and AP H imply that AH : AP = AP : AC 2 2 or (a ) = 2ra ra.. Similarly, (b (b ) = 2rb rb.. Hence Solution. (a )2 (b )2 c = = ab 2r 2r 2 as desired. Let E,F,G be the feet of the perpendiculars to the tangents at A and B and the chord AB AB,, res respect pectiv ively ely.. We need to sho show w tha thatt P E : P G = P G : GF , where G is the foot of the perpendicular from P to AB AB.. This suggest that we try to prove that the triangles E P G and a nd GP F are similar. Since P G is parallel to the bisector of the angle between the two tangents, Alternate Alte rnate Solut Solution. ion. ∠EP G = ∠F P G. Since AEPG and B FPG are concyclic quadrilaterals (having opposite angles right), ∠P GE = ∠P AE and ∠P F G = ∠P BG. BG . But ∠P AE = ∠P BA = ∠P BG BG,, whence ∠P GE = ∠P F G. Therefore triangles E P G and GP F are similar. The argument above with concyclic quadrilaterals only works when P lies on the shorter arc between A and B . The other case can be proved similarly. (3) Three speed skaters skate rs skate have have ainfri friend endly ly race on a skati skating ngwith oval. oval.different The They y allspeeds start from the same point and the same direction, but that they maintain maintain through throughout out the race race.. The slow slowest est skat skater er does 1 lap a minute, the fastest one does 3. 3.14 laps a minute, and the middle one does L laps a minute for some 1 < L < 3.14. The race ends at the moment moment when all thr three ee ska skater terss agai again n come together to the same point on the oval (which may differ from the starting 4 point.) Find how many diffe point.) differen rentt choices choices for L are there such that 117 passings occurr befo occu before re the end of the race race.. (A passin passingg is define defined d whe when n one sk skate aterr pas passes ses another one. The beginning and the end of the race when all three skaters are at together are not counted as a passing.) As Assu sume me tha thatt th thee le leng ngth th of th thee ov oval al is on onee un unit it.. Let Let x(t) be the difference of distances that the slowest and the fastest skaters have skated by time t. Similarly Similarly,, let y(t) be the difference between the middle skater and the slowest skate sk ater. r. The pa path th ((x x(t), y(t)) is a straight ray R in R2 , starting from the origin, with slope depending on L L.. By assumption, 0 < y(t) < x(t). One skater passes another one when either x( x(t) ∈ Z, y( y (t) ∈ Z or x( x(t) − y(t) ∈ Z. The race ends when both x( x (t), y(t) ∈ Z. 2 Let (a, (a, b) ∈ Z be the endpoint of the ray R. We need to find the num number ber of Solution. such (a) 0points < b <satisfying: a (b) The ray R intersects Z2 at endpoints only. (c) The ray R crosses 357 times the lines x ∈ Z, y ∈ Z, y − x ∈ Z. The second condition says that a and b are relatively prime. The ray R crosses a − 1 of the lines x ∈ Z, b − 1 of the lines y ∈ Z and a − b − 1 of the lines x − y ∈ Z. Thus, we need (a (a − 1 ) + (b (b − 1 ) + (a (a − b − 1) = 117, or equivalently, 2a 2a − 3 = 117. That is a = 60. Now b m must ust be a posi positiv tivee in integ teger er less than and relati relative vely ly prime to 60. The number of such b can be found using the Euler’s φ function: φ(60) = φ(2 φ(22 · 3 · 5) = (2 − 1) · 2 · (3 − 1) · (5 − 1) = 16. 16. Thus the answer is 16. Firs First, t, let us name our ska skaters. ters. From fastest to slowe slowest, st, call them: A, B and C . (Abel, Bernoulli and Cayley?) Now, it is helpful to consider the race from the viewpoint of C . Relative to C , Alternate Solution. both A and B complete a whole number of laps, since they both start and finish at C . Let n be the number of laps completed by A relative to C , and let m be the number of laps completed by B relative to C . Note that: n > m ∈ Z+ Consider Consi der the num number ber of minutes requir required ed to compl complete ete the race race.. Rela Relativ tivee to C , A is moving with a speed of 3. 3.14 − 1 = 2.14 laps per minute and completes the n race in 2.14 minutes. Also relative to C , B is moving with a speed of (L ( L − 1) laps m per minute and completes the race in L 1 minutes. Since A and B finish the race − together (when they both meet C ): n m = ⇒ 2.14 L−1 L = 2.14 m n + 1. 1. Hence, there is a one-to-one relation between values of L and values of the postive proper fraction m . The fraction should be reduced, that is the pair (m, (m, n) should n 5 be relatively prime, or else, with k = gcd(m, gcd(m, n), the race ends after n/k laps for A and m/k laps for B when they first meet C together. It is also helpful to consider the race from the viewpoint of B . In th this is fr fram amee of reference, A completes only n − m la laps. ps. Hen Hence ce A passes B only (n (n − m) − 1 times, time s, since the racers do not ””pass” pass” at the end of the race (nor at the beginnin beginning). g). Similarily A passes C only n − 1 times and B passes C only m − 1 times times.. Th Thee total number of passings is: 117 = (n (n − 1) + (m (m − 1) + (n (n − m − 1) = 2n 2n − 3 ⇒ n = 60 m Hence the number of values of L equals the number of m for which the fraction 60 is positive, proper and reduced. That is the number of positive integer values smaller than and relative relatively ly prime to 60. One could simply count: count: {1,7,11,13,17,...}, but Euler’s φ function gives this number: 2 φ(60) = φ(2 φ(2 · 3 · 5) = (2 − 1) · 2 · (3 − 1) · (5 − 1) = 16. 16. Therefore, there are 16 values for L which give the desired number of passings. Note that the actual values for the speeds of A and C do not affect the result. They could be any values, rational or irrational, just so long as they are different, and there will be 16 possible values for the speed of B between them. (4) Eac Each h ve verte rtex x of a fini finite te graph can be col colore ored d eit either her blac black k or white white.. Ini Initia tially lly all ve vertice rticess are blac black. k. We are allo allowe wed d to pic pick k a ve vertex rtex P and cha change nge the color of P and all of its neigh neighbours. bours. Is it possible to chan change ge the colour of every ver vertex tex from black to white by a sequence of operations of this type? Solution. The answer Proof by induction on suppose the number n of If n = 1, this is obviou obvious. s. Fis or yes. the induction assump assumption, tion, we can dovertices. this for any graph with n − 1 vertices for some n ≥ 2 and let X be a graph with n vertices which we will denote by P 1 , . . . , Pn+1 . Let us denote the “basic” operation of changing the color of P and all of its Let us denote the basic operation of changing the color of Pi and all of its neighbours by f i . Removing a vertex Pi from X (along with all edges connecting to Pi ) and applying the induction assumption to the resulting smaller graph, we see that there exists a sequence of operations g i (obtained by composing some f j , with j = i) i ) which changes the colour of every vertex in X , except for possibly P i . If gi it also changes the color of Pi then we are done. done. So, we may assum assumee that gi does not change the colour of P for every i = 1, . . . , n. n. Now consider two cases. Case 1: n is even. Then composing g 1 , . . . , gn we will change the color of every vertex from white to black. Case 2: n is odd. I claim that in this case X has a vertex with an even number of neighbours. Indeed, denote the number of neighbours of Pi (or equivalently, the number of edges connected to P ) by ki . Then P1 + · · · + Pn+1 = 2e, where e is the number of edges of X . Thus one of the numbers k i has to be even as claimed. 6 After renumbering the vertices, we may assume that P 1 has 2k 2k neighbours, say P2 , . . . , P2k+1 . The ccompo omposit sition ion of f1 with g1 , g2 , . . . , g2k+1 will then change the colour of every vertex, as desired. (5) Let P (x) and Q(x) be poly polynom nomial ialss wit with h in integ teger er coeffici coefficien ents. ts. Let an = n! + n. n. Show that if P (an )/Q /Q((an ) is an integer for every n, n , then P (n)/Q /Q((n) is an integer for every integer n such that Q( Q (n) = 0. Imagine dividing P (x) by Q( Q (x). We find that P (x) R(x) = A( A(x) + , Q(x) Q(x) where A( A(x) and R( R (x) are polynomials with rational coefficients, and R( R (x) is either identically 0 or has degree less than the degree of Q(x). By bringing the coefficients of A( A (x) to their least common multiple, we can find a polynomial B (x) with integer coefficients, and a positive integer b, such that Suppose pose fir first st tha thatt R(x) is not ide ident ntica ically lly 0. Not Notee that for any A(x) = B (x)/b /b.. Sup integer k , either A(k ) = 0, or |A(k)| ≥ 1/b /b.. But w when henev ever er |k | is large enough, 0 < |R(k )/Q /Q((k )| < 1/b /b,, and therefore if n is large enough, P (an )/Q /Q((an ) cannot be an integer. So R( R (x) is identically 0, and P (x)/Q /Q((x) = B( B (x)/b (at least whenever Q( Q(x) = 0.) Now let n be an int integer. eger. Then there are infinit infinitely ely many inte integers gers k such that n ≡ ak (mod b). Bu Butt B (ak )/b is an integer, or equivalently b divides B (ak ). It follows that b divides B (n), and therefore P (n)/Q /Q((n) is an integer. Solution. 7 43rd Canadian Mathematical Olympiad Wednesday, March 23, 2011 Problems and Solutions (1) Consid Consider er 70-digit 70-digit numbers numbers n, with with th thee pr prope opert rty y th that at each each of th thee di digit gitss 1, 2, 3, . . . , 7 appears in the decimal expansion of n ten times (and 8, 9, and 0 do not appear). Show that no number of this form can divide another number of this form. Assume the contrary: there exist a and b of the prescribed form, such that b ≥ a and a divides b. Then a divides b − a. Claim: a is not divisible by 3 but b − a is divisible by 9. Indeed, the sum of the digits is 10(1 + · · · + 7) = 280, for both a and b. [Here [Here one needs needs to know know or prove prove that that an integer n is equivalent of the sum of its digits modulo 3 and modulo 9.] We conclude that b − a is divisible by 9 a. But this is impossible, since 9 a has 71 digits and b has only 70 digits, so 9 a > b > b − a. Solution. (2) Let ABCD be a cyclic quadrilateral whose opposite sides are not parallel, X the intersection of AB and C D, and Y the intersection of AD and BC . Let the angle angle bisector bisector of ∠AX AXD D intersect AD,BC at E, F respectively and let the angle bisector of ∠AY B intersect A AB, B, CD at G, H respectively. Prove that EGFH is a parallelogram. Solution. Since ABCD is cyclic, ∆X AC ∼ ∆X DB and ∆Y AC ∼ ∆Y BD . There- fore, XA XC AC YA YC = = = = . XD XB DB YB YD Let s be this ratio. Therefore, by the angle bisector theorem, AE XA XC CF = = = = s, ED XD XB FB and YA YC CH AG = = = = s. GB YB YD HD AE F = and ED = C FB EGFH is a parallelogram. Hence, AG GB DH . HC Therefore, Therefore, EH ||AC ||GF and EG ||DB ||H F . Hence, Hence, 1 (3) Amy has divided a square up into finitely many white and red rectangles, each with sides parallel square. eachngle, white rectangle, she writes downdivided its width divided divid ed to bythe its sides height. heighof t. the Within each eacWithin h red rectangle, recta she writes down its height by its width. Finally Finally, she calculates calculates x, the sum of these numbe numbers. rs. If the total area of the white rectangles equals the total area of the red rectangles, what is the smallest possible value of x? Let ai and b i denote the width and height of each white rectangle, and let ci and di denote the width and height of each red rectangle. Also, let L denote the side length of the original square. Solution. Lemma: Either ai ≥ L o orr Prooff of lem Proo lemma: ma: di ≥ L. Suppose there exists a horizontal line across the square that is covered cov ered entirely entirely rectangles. rectan gles. wise, Then,there the total width of these rectangles rectecting anglesevery isery at least the with claimwhite is proven. proven . Otherwise, Other is a red rectangle rectang le intersecting inters ev L, and horizontal line, and hence the total height of these rectangles is at least L. Now, let us assume without loss of generality that inequality, · ai bi But we know ai bi = L2 2 ai bi , so it follows that ai ≥ L. By the Cauchy-Schwarz 2 ≥ ai ≥ L2 . ai bi ≥ 2. Furthermore, each ci ≤ L, so ≥ 1 · = 1 di ci ci di L2 2 . Therefore, x is at least 2.5. Conversely, x = 2.5 can be achieved by making the top half of the square one colour, and the bottom half the other colour. (4) Show that there exists a positive integer N such that for all integers a > N , there exists a contiguous substring of the decimal expansion of a th that at is divisi divisible ble by 2011. (F (For or instance, if a = 153204, then 15, 532, and 0 are all contiguous substrings of a . Note that 0 is divisible by 2011.) We claim that if the decimal expansion of a has at least 2012 digits, then contains ains the required required substring. substring. Let the decimal decimal expansion expansion of a b bee ak ak 1 . . . a0 . For a cont i = 0, . . . , 2011, Let bi be the number with decimal expansion ai ai 1 . . . a0 . Then Then by pidgenhole principle, bi ≡ bj mod 2011 for some i < j ≤ 20 2011. 11. It foll follow owss that 2011 i Sinc ncee 2011 2011 and 10 ar aree divides bj − bi = c · 10 . Here c is the substring aj . . . ai+1. Si relatively prime, it follows that 2011 divides c. Solution. − − 2 (5) Let d be a positive integer. Show that for every integer S , there exists an integer n > 0 and a sequence 1, 2, . . . , n , where for any k , k = 1 or k = −1, such that S = 1 (1 + d)2 + 2 (1 + 2d)2 + 3 (1 + 3d)2 + · · · + n (1 + nd)2 . calculate Uk+3 − Uk+2 − Uk+1 + U k . This This turns turns Let Uk = (1 + kd )2 . We calculate 2 2 out to be 4d , a constant. Changing signs, we obtain the sum − −44d . Thus if we have found an expression for a certain number S0 as a sum of the desired type, we can obtain an expression of the desired type for S0 + (4 d2 )q , for any integer q . It remains to show that for any S , there there exists exists an in integ teger er S such that S ≡ S 2 (mod 4d ) and S can be expressed in the desired form. Look at the sum Solution. (1 + d)2 + (1 + 2d)2 + · · · + (1 + N d)2, where N is “large.” We can at will choose N so that the sum is odd, or so that the sum is even. By changing the sign in front of (1 + kd )2 to a minus sign, we decrease the sum by 2(1+ kd )2 . In particular, if k ≡ 0 (mod 2d), we decrease the sum by 2 (modulo 4d2 ). So If N is large enough, there are many k < N such that k is a multiple of 2 d. By switching the sign in front of r of these, we change (“downward”) the congruence class modulo 4d2 by 2 r . By choosing N so that the original sum is odd, and choosing suitable r < 2 d2 , we can obtain numbers congruent to all odd numbers modulo 4 d2 . By choosing N so that the original sum is even, we can obtain numbers congruent to all even numbers 2